THE UNIVERSITY of TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER AT HOUSTON IMM LOAD BANK ADDITION Houston, Texas

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION FEBRUARY 15, 2016

PROJECT SITE

Shah Smith & associates, inc. houston/austin/dallas/college station DRAWING LIST Tx. Registation no. F-2113 CS COVER SHEET G-100 GENERAL INFORMATION E N G I N E E R A-112 ROOF PLANS A-540 DOOR AND WINDOW DETAILS E-001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS E-010 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - IMM LOAD BANK ADDITION E-107 ELECTRICAL 7TH FLOOR PLAN - IMM LOAD BANK ADDITION  ) , 9v 9v 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209    Ç9óÇ Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113

Ç9óÇ %  % ) !   )  ")    $"$ $"$    33   33 !  -$7 !  * *  ! w)  9 Ç-$,  Ç$3 C /,* {,*- Ç3) C L 9,, 9,,:   Ç3 t$  {- I t$  {$ {3 /*$ /3    *  *3 "# ,  ) ,) ,3 $3 * ,$, $=3 $# - $ $ $ 3# " $* ,$, $

í C .# t6  b7 Y {    ! ! 3 {*   !  !  3 b0 9 t: Ç  %  7 ! )* 33 3  -$,7 I3 3  ; < !  %    # $,,  3 -$, 33 ! ' / !  {! D  D L) 7$,37,)  37 7 /-  I* .* /: "  L .* / ;L./<   7 [ {- /: bCt!  :  9: óó h,,*$,-: /3$ óó !  w t 7 a* 33  )- ,)) )  37 b  !7 Ç  5$)  I3 ;Ç5I<: I3 C,- [,*  /,   5 I$ [, { ;9, !** !: < !  5  í 5  ) ,,*  3 $D,7 7 Ç  5$)  [,  w* ;Ç5[w< Ç  !,,"- RED ARC

!   {  3 !,3,* . !,:   H  E ! !

! T n E. I

, y H   7 W /))  3 !,,  I3, h6 ;W/!Ih< S r o T    $ 

$  h     I r E ,*, t

  a C   =    =  7 bCt! :  {  L,  í  [ I {-) G a n

C

E T  % =   =    =   9/*$) ;w, "- Ç5I< !,," !" Ç * {- D" " C I /  !,," { !,," { [- Ç=* R %7 C t,  [" Ü /3),: bCt!  :  9 "  ,, ,* $ $# )  3   * * $ S 7 /-  I*0 T 1 S # * ) $ 3: ! , A 9 26 6 A { h,: 5$)  t E 5$) T X *=* E TE ) t# h,: 5$)  t E 5$) OF 7 bCt!  C 9 *3 ;w, "- L./< = =   7 bCt! ! L  {$# {-) ;w, "- L./< 7 bCt! :  .*# h - {-)  /*) { Ç  a   I ! 7 7 bCt! % b 9,, / ;w, "- L./< !7 bCt! % b C !) / ;w, "- L./< 7 bCt!  C 5  C í ;w, "- L./<  7 bCt!  {  9),-  {"- t {-) {' 5 !   {   5,${-)" 5 7 bCt!  {  Ç-$  .* /*, ;w, "- bCt!  < %7 !{a9 !%7 {- /  9  9, !,*, / . t 3 9 $ .,3)# L, C7C7 9[ @ .a .a @ /: 9:  { a [3 {/*, 5 h  /!!    w    /   t .*: D*$ . ;!  L./< {La {*, )* ,,: ,)$, *,  [95 3 !*)*) t, D6 b .* {, b @ 5 b*)" /!   /!!    w, ,,: ,)$, *,  [95 3 5 5 @ {3 b*)" Ç-$ L. ;L./<

w,  3 3 , , .,# t, [) ;[ {,< / 9 b) [-   , *, 3  $), L, 9  /$ t- /*) [  b b @ !$3*), D 5 [-   , *, 3  $", D L,  /), Ç t, /,: / {La { b [-   , ,  , *, 3 5 5 L, b @ 5 b*)" w C: t ;9 5< 5 @ {3 b*)" /, a W C {*$ *, $  *

{*$ ,3,* *, $  * /, a- Ü w L* . {La 5 L, ;{,< b b @ 5 b*)" í )* ,3,*  * 5 @ {3 b*)" 93 {: D* 5 Ü ," *, 3  * { {$# 9  L*  { {La C3 {-) í {, b b @ 5 b*)" {)# , 5 @ {3 b*)" {5 5 L* "  "# 9   {*$$-   5 Ç b b @ 5 Ç-$ I{ !=/ ! / Lb{Ü[ L* I{ @ I { C3 í: I /), Ç 1 Issue for Construction 02/15/2016 !=í !=í Lt{ L t$ {6 w*= 3*   !/hÜ{ !,*, b !5W !D*" WÇ;{< W;< 9  9=ë b @ 5 b*)" No. Description Date /,: t: [) !CC !" C3 C {$# 3 D L, 5 5 @ {3 b*)" : {-3, { ![Üa !*)*) Y{L Y$ t {/* L,3 !at !)$ Yí Y Keyplan /= )7    = , , D: / t* C !a{ !*) L 9=ë b @ 5 b*)" D: a !bh5 !6 [!a [) L, ! !  5 @ {3 b*)" !ÇÇb !*: ! [[ [ [ !Üó !* - [Ç{ [3 D-$*) . b vt L5 [t5[ [ t* 5, [) C! 9/*$) L b @ 9/*$) 5 a: t, [) .[5D .* .[Y .,# a7h7 a- h$ I3 D-$*) {33 5) 5) @ 5,: C,  C3  .ÇÜ .3 Ç3) Ü a!bÜC a*,*  ë:  ! *$ * ;I3 ,   < C, 5) C,  C3 .ÇÜI .* t I* a!ó a )*) I3 h { . w    /   t a9/I a,3,  ë:  ! *$ , * ;I3 ,   5 ;h{.< / /* a95 a*): a, < 9 I3 C3 D L, 9 @ C3 D 9 /7L7 / L aLb a)*) D-$*) .  t  ë: ! ! *$ * ;I3 ,   < h) a: ;b< /7h7 / h* aL{/ a,* I3 .6: . 9 /Ca /*", C t a* aÇD a*: a  ë:  ! /*$ * ;I3 ,   < C3 D L, 9 @ C3 D 9 /W /*, W aÇ[ a: a t 3 a ;9 < {*$ D 3 /YÇ /,*  ë:  ! *3  )* *$ * t, . /[h{ / b7/7 b)- / [-  t /[w / b7h7 b)- h$ C*3  )* $3 * C3 Ç-$ L b b @ C3 5 /aÜ /, a- Ü b=! b !$$," b0 w  3 /*, {$,, L*  ;/{L< $*", Ç5   /h[ /*) bh b*)" I3 Ç$3 * ;wW< ;I3 ,   < /hb/ /, { w, {-)":  = 9:   ) ,  37 /" -$ L b b @/" Ç-$ L /)$*  * ;wW < ;I3 ,   < /hb5 /: / h7/7 h / I3 /hbb /, h757 h 5: h* 5) b @/*$ Ç-$ L: /)" $3=,)$*  * ;I3 , /*$ Ç-$ L b /hbÇ /** h=! h* ! I3 { ! !      < /Çw / { a   L  !  /í / í t!wÇ t W 9,,=,))*, D*, " t. t*3 .* D Ç-$=h$ L b b @ D Ç-$  5 5$3 t[!{ [!a t, [) h$ 5 FAS 59{/w 5,$ t[a.D t*)" C !) {" 59Ç 5 t[òí5 t-    FAP D$3, {, 5L! 5) t{C t* t {/* C C !) t* Ç ,  ! !!   !   -. -  . -  5La 5) t{L t* t {/* L,3 5[ 5 [ tÇ5 t /++0 ! /  '  0. - +   /++++ !1   0. Ç Ç3) Y- b L, b b @ b 5 5b 5 të/ t- ë- /3 -    /++0    /  '    ,  ! 5íD 5 t. 5 $ $*3 "*   0. -           !  !  23. w757 w 5 PN UT HEALTH SCIENCE 97/7 9,, /, w=! w* ! /w /  Çb 9! 9,3 w9 w Ç tb @ t b3 b/!t b* , ) $ b3 L, CENTER 95C 9,, 5# C* w9C w, Çb @ Ç* b3 9C 9 3* C w9LbC w, 9[ 9: 9 w9v 5 w/* { { $ ,3 9[9/ 9,, wI w I*)- 9a9w 9),- wh w*3 h$ es\IMMa.rvt {! ! - ,3 9v 9/* wta w* t a* t Ç-$ L, b b @ t Ç-$ 5 9vÜLt 9/*$) wÇÜ w Ç$ Ü {5 5)) ,3 9óÇ 9  {=! {*$$- ! C9/ w L, b b @ w 5 C C33 {/ í5 { , í C  *3 ," C!/t C !) / t {/I95 {,3* C9 b) C5 C 5 {La {) C  *3  ",# w) L b) @ b)  {$, UTHSC LOAD BANK C9/ C 9 *3 /" {t{Ç { t: { Ç3 b b @ w) 5 CLb C3 {Ç5 { C[Ühw C*, {Ç[ { INSTALLATION IMM ùë ù  w)  C3 Ç-$ b) b) @ b)  {$, CÜwb C*3: C** {Çhw { L b CÇ b @ w) 5 {ÇwÜ/Ç {*,*: {*,* CÇ @ w) C3 Ç-$ 5 216-026 D7/7 D /, {ò{ {-) D! aÇ[ D6 a D![ë D6 Ç9at Ç)$: Ç)$* 9  ! Ç !,,- L b b @ !,,- 5 DCL D* C* L*$ ÇIY Ç3,# General Information Db5 D* ÇÇ. Ç$3 Ç) . Dòt .5 D-$*) . Çòt Ç-$, 9,,: ,: : ,= *   b0 w  3 /*, {$,, L*  ;/{L< $*", Ç5   { w, {-)":  = 9:   ) ,  37 I I3 Übh Ü b h3 I7a7 I a I!w5í5 I ë!/ ë ! /* a, =["  * ;!: ë,**): h -: I5í I ë5/ ë 5, /* í ! ë,: b: { It5[ I3 t* 5, [) ëÇw ë Ç3*3 w SSA Project Number IhwLù I6 IÇ I3 í í3 Date Ië!/ I: ë: E !=/ í= í3 P:\216-026 IMM Roof Load Bank\B-Design\02 Model Fil Model Bank\B-Design\02 Load Roof IMM P:\216-026 Ií I í í. í .*" Iù I6 í5 í b0 Designed By ííC í í C", 7 { 3 *    -)":   -)"  37 Designer LD L D* íía í í a3 7 w  3 /*, {$,, L*  ;/{L< $*", Ç5  : { Checked By Lb L,3 w, {-)":  = 9:   "* ) -)"  3 Checker 3  3  3 57 !7 {   ,  3 $,, ,$  ;{*,*: a9t: ,7<  Drawing No. b0 w  3 {$,,  "" "* ) -)" *  3 ,$ 7   , )7 G-100 Scale { !''  ! " { .   9   {'! " t,  5 !    { w    {'!  .   / L  " 5  L +  As indicated 2/15/2016 9:18:26 PM 9:18:26 2/15/2016   2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113

       

 " !  2 1 /

  9   "  /2 1   !  5 1 /2  " / 1 2 "       .

" " 2 2 1 ! 1 /  / " /2 " 1 2 / 1 UP í C .# t6  b7 Y { b     {*  9 t: Ç  %  ; < !  % 7$,37,)

ED AR ER CH T E yn . H I S r o T I h r E t a G a C n

C

E T R

S T 1 S A 9 26 6 A T X E OF TE = = 

w t = @ 

[ "# /*$)

/ ,$ )"-

  9/*$) $ w90 a9t 

Çth ))" -) *- 3   a)*)

9   *

  w t 1 Issue for Construction 02/15/2016   ! ! !  No. Description Date  %  %

9   " 5 Keyplan  %  %

 %  %  %  %  UP

[ t 9 5    = @  

UT HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER es\IMMa.rvt

Y- b0 5) b0 D b w t UTHSC LOAD BANK 7 /,  $ $,:  /* * ,*,:   ) * ;, *:  : ,7<7 7 / 3 h $$ ,,  ,   $  ,  *)$7  !   ))"  *  " )7 7 Ç3 , 3   )* /*$)  $$ ) -7 ! /*$) 3 !7 /,  )3  $   ) 3=  " ): - 3  )  " ,-,7 L) INSTALLATION IMM " ,    ) 3   3 7  w)     *  7  " *  *  h 3 " , 3*3- "- /, $     7 7 Ç3 "*  ) ,,*$ * )= 7 /,  , 3*       7 ë-  /*$) ,, 3 3 $, )*,*7 [,  /*$) 216-026 ),3,: ,,: $*)": ,))*,:  ):  $# -)  ))6 *$  "* ! 9        )  ,,, 3 3 )*,*  ,)) ,,7 ,,*$7  9  $*)"   ) 7 /,  $,   )# , ) *= " * )=  $ ,,  Roof Plans b      3 ) -)7 b  "# $0   a9t  {*,*  7 /,  " $"  3 $,    **: /*$): 3: ,7 * )=7 L) )  " $  $, 3   /,   $7 b  "# $  b /,#0 $ * 3 Çth a)" *- 3: = 0 )*)*) $  $$  %7 /,  $  ) , ,,    /*) *  )=,*, $37 7 /,  $,   : ):  3 ) * )= 7 /,  $ -   ) )  ,*,  ),3  7 /  *"3 -   3   7 w$, -  , ,)$ 3 3   ),3   "* 7 7 / 3 h  )   ,)= = ,7  7 /, 3 3   [ {-  L ! v*- /    )7 b ,)$, )- *  3 SSA Project Number 3*   ,:  3,3  )     ,  3 h  " 7 7 a,    /*-  ,,     ,7 /*, ,* *",    *:  Date ,  *: : ,7: )* " ,*,  3 ,* 3 $3" 3   $,   7Ç3

P:\216-026 IMM Roof Load Bank\B-Design\02 Model Fil Model Bank\B-Design\02 Load Roof IMM P:\216-026 b  "# $ ,,  /*  $ * "  ) "- 3 I$ $D, ): 9) I3  {- = L, /7 C / LLL $,*  ,"  $, ,  !  7 Designed By PN 7 /, 3 $,  ,*)=,)$ ,# 3   $7 /,  " $"  * 3- Designer )  $  $,  $$ /* 7 Checked By !7 /,  )# "    : ): 3: ,7  ,) 3 hEa  3-   3* Checker  )7 Drawing No. A-112 Scale 5 w ë   w 5    t = @   As indicated 2/15/2016 9:18:25 PM 9:18:25 2/15/2016 2/15/2016 9:18:25 PM P:\216-026 IMM Roof Load Bank\B-Design\02 Model Files\IMMa.rvt 5   %

{,3* I3 L *3 . -5,$ Ç-$ ! ÇIw9{Ih[5 5hhw {í99t 9! {9![{ 5wLt /!t 9!  YL/Y t[!Ç9 {9Ç  /Ü{I {Ih9 {ÜtthwÇ 9!  {ÜwC!/9/[h{9w 9!  wLa /ò[Lb59w 9!  Ií ILbD9 9!  5,$ 9!  9!  ! v- Ií {9Ç0 ! {,3* í3{,3*  b,3*    ),3 ,*  b) $,3 9  $   9  $*)"  $9  )    Ç3,#7 I3 í3 = {5Ç  t!  !  !  CtÇ { 5tÇ {   != %  @ =  5Ç-$ {,3* C) 5  97 b7 5t  9  ! Ç  C Ç   h    3aC3 a  C3 a  5Ç {   b0 5 { 7 I ) )" 3 7 $ I  ),3 W)" W)" 5;< . ,# W)" $,Ç,# I ,# /$$ * ,* *,*  ! )Ç *  D)": L * 5 I   w ;)7< C =  @ b7Ç7{7 b 7 "

 Keyplan S c a le Drawing No. Checked By Designed By Date SSA Project Number Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 Ph. 713.780.7563Fax.713.780.9209 2825Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 o ecito Date Description No. Door and Window Details su o osrcin02/15/2016 Issue for Construction 1 UT HEALTH SCIENCE UTHSC LOAD BANK INSTALLATION IMM

7$,37,) !  % ; < 9t: Ç %  {* b7  Y { í C .# t6 S

CENTER T

A REGI S

T T E E 216-026 C a t R

= =  h 1 r E

y 9

O n D 2

F

6 E A .

R

6 H

T o C

r

a

H

E n A-540

I

X T

E C AS T As indicated Designer Checker ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE AND CONTROL SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS

SURGE SUPRESSOR, METAL OXIDE DELTA CONNECTED CONTROL RELAY A,AMP AMPERES H HOT RAC RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT VARISTOR (MOV) MAXIMUM AC , AIR HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE RCPT RECEPTACLE COMPRESSOR HMT HARMONIC MITIGATING TRANSFORMER RE REFER TO, REGARDING, REFERENCE CONTINUOUS OPERATING VOLTAGE OPEN DELTA CONNECTED 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 CONTACT, NORMALLY OPEN ACC AIR COOLED CHILLER HOA HAND OFF AUTOMATIC RFAP REMOTE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM (MCOV) AS NOTED Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 WYE CONNECTED AD AIR DRYER HP HORSEPOWER PANEL CONTACT, NORMALLY CLOSED AF AMPERE FRAME HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 POWER TRANSFORMER GROUND AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR HRG HIGH RESISTANCE GROUND RL RAISE-LOWER AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR RMS ROOT MEAN SQUARE INDICATING LAMP, COLOR AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT CONDITIONING ROP REVERSE OSMOSIS PUMP GROUNDED WYE R MOLDED OR INSULATED AS NOTED, R RED, G AIC AMPERES INTERRUPTING CAPACITY HWC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP RS RAPID START CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTIVE RELAY FUNCTION, GREEN, A AMBER, W WHITE AL ALUMINUM HWP HEATING WATER PUMP RTD RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE ANSI DESIGNATION AS NOTED ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL DETECTOR AT AMPERE TRIP I/O INPUT/OUTPUT RVAT REDUCED-VOLTAGE AUTO CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH SELECTOR SWITCH ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH IG ISOLATED GROUND TRANSFORMER ST SHUNT TRIP COIL K KEY INTERLOCK AUX AUXILIARY IR INFRARED OFF AV AUDIO VISUAL IRR IRRIGATION SCADA SUPERVISORY CONTROL & DATA DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON-FUSIBLE SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE SELECTOR SWITCH, HAND AUTO AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE IS INSTANT START ACQUISITION HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC SCH SCHEDULE SPACE HEATER B BOILER JB JUNCTION BOX SCHP SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSIBLE BF BALLAST FACTOR JP JOCKEY PUMP SEP SEWAGE EJECTOR PUMP BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM SF SUPPLY FAN DM DIGITAL MULTI-METER ON OFF BCP BOILER CONTROL PANEL K KILO, THOUSAND SHLD SHIELDED FUSE SELECTOR SWITCH, ON-OFF  { { I   t í BFP BOILER FEEDWATER PUMP KA KILOAMPERES SP SUMP PUMP {   BKR BREAKER KAIC THOUSAND AMPERES INTERRUPTING SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE M METER I   Ç  BLDG BUILDING CAPACITY SPDT SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW NORMALLY OPEN PUSHBUTTON,   ! TRANSFER SWITCH GENERATOR THREE BFDF BOILER FORCED DRAFT FAN KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW MOMENTARY CONTACT PHASE SIZE AS NOTED BIDF BOILER INDUCED DRAFT FAN KV KILOVOLT SPF STAIRWELL PRESSURIZATION FAN "#$# NORMALLY CLOSED PUSHBUTTON, KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES SS STAINLESS STEEL CURRENT TRANSFORMER MOTOR, THREE-PHASE, CL CENTERLINE KW KILOWATT SSOL SOLID STATE OVER LOAD MAINTAINED CONTACT HP AS NOTED C CONDUIT KWH KILOWATT-HOUR STD STANDARD CAFSS CLEAN AGENT FIRE SUPPRESSION STP SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CURRENT SYSTEM LTG LIGHTING SW SWITCH TRANSFORMER, ZERO TWO SPEED MOTOR PUSHBUTTON, CAOP CHILLER AUXILIARY OIL PUMP LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR SWBD SWITCHBOARD SEQUENCE - HP AS NOTED MAINTAINED CONTACT CATV CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SWGR SWITCHGEAR VOLTAGE OR POWER TRANSFORMER MOTOR, SINGLE PHASE, CB CIRCUIT BREAKER LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE SYM SYMMETRICAL M HP AS NOTED CCP CHILLER CONTROL PANEL LP LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYNCH SYNCHRONOUS 1/4 PANELBOARD CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM LR LOCAL-REMOTE CDP CONDENSATE PUMP LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPERES TELECOM TELECOMMUNICATIONS CH CHILLER LS LONG TIME, SHORT TIME TOP TURBINE OIL PUMP VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE CP CONTROL PANEL CHP CHILLED WATER PUMP LSI LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, TSP TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR CKT CIRCUIT INSTANTANEOUS TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER CLG CEILING LSG LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, GROUND SUPPRESSOR CONNECTION POINT CMH COMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE LSIG LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, TYP TYPICAL COAX COAXIAL CABLE INSTANTANEOUS, GROUND CONT CONTINUATION LI LONG TIME, INSTANTANEOUS UG UNDERGROUND OVERLOAD EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE COORD COORDINATION/COORDINATE LIG LONG TIME, INSTANTANEOUS, UH UNIT HEATER CP CONTROL PANEL GROUND UL UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CSU COLLEGE STATION UTILITIES mA MILLIAMPS UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY CONTACTOR COIL VS VIBRATION SWITCH CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER, COOLING MAX MAXIMUM UTP UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR TOWER MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER CTF COOLING TOWER FAN MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER V VOLTS CTR CONTROLLER MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR VA VOLT AMPERES CU COPPER, CONDENSING UNIT MECH MECHANICAL VAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRECT ELECTRICAL PLAN SYMBOLS CV CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT MFAP MAIN FIRE DETECTION & ALARM VAR VOLT AMPERES REACTIVE CWP CONDENSER WATER PUMP PANEL VDC VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT LUMINAIRE SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SUBSCRIPT IS DEFINED AS FOLLOWS: X LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT MFR MANUFACTURER VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE a a = NEMA 6-30R DA DEAERATOR MH METAL HALIDE VP VACUUM PUMP b = 480V, 3-PHASE PLUS GND, 50A, HUBBELL #CS8165C, OAS PANELBOARD - SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE DATACOM DATA AND/OR COMMUNICATION MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY VT VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER X c = NEMA 15-30R LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT DB DUCT BANK MOV METAL OXIDE VARISTOR VV VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT PANELBOARD - FLUSH MOUNTED DC DIRECT CURRENT MTD MOUNTED LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE X Y DCS DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM MV-90, 105 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE 90 C, 105C W WIRE DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL MVA MEGA VOLT AMPERES W/ WITH POWER/DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD DEMO DEMOLITION MW MEGA WG WIRE GUARD LUMINAIRE - WALL WASH QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE X Y - SURFACE MOUNTED DIP DEIONIZED WATER PUMP WH WATER HEATER DIV DIVISION N, NEU NEUTRAL WP WEATHERPROOF SINGLE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX X TRACK LIGHTING SYSTEM Y POWER/DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD DPDT DOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW NC NORMALLY CLOSED - FLUSH MOUNTED DPST DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE XFMR TRANSFORMER SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL PURPOSE MOUNTED DWG DRAWING NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL 2'X4' LUMINAIRE X Y FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX DWP DOMESTIC WATER PUMP MANUFACTURER'S Y WYE ASSOCIATION 2'X4' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER EMERGENCY PANELBOARD-FLUSH MOUNTED E, EM EMERGENCY NIC NOT IN CONTRACT Z IMPEDANCE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 X Y EA EACH NO NORMALLY OPEN GROUND ROD EC EMPTY CONDUIT # NUMBER No. Description Date 1'X4' LUMINAIRE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX X Y EDF ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN NTS NOT TO SCALE GROUNDING SYSTEM TEST WELL EF EXHAUST FAN Keyplan Y SUBSCRIPT DENOTES 1'X4' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER EG EQUIPMENT GROUND OAS OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTION X EGP ELECTRONIC GRADE PANEL OCPD OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE WP WEATHERPROOF LIGHTNING PROTECTION AIR TERMINAL ELS EMERGENCY LIFE SAFETY OC ON CENTER GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER X LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR IG ISOLATED GROUND EMT ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING INSTALLED DM DIGITAL MULTI-METER E EMERGENCY EPR ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE RUBBER OFOI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED - EMERGENCY POWER X CM MOUNTED FLUSH IN CEILING OR EIWH ELECTRIC INSTANT WATER HEATER INSTALLED SURFACE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE CONTINUATION EXIST EXISTING OH OVERHEAD STRIP LUMINAIRE OL OVERLOAD X OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL MOUNTED - DUAL TECHNOLOGY CONDUIT EXPOSED FA FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM FCU FAN COIL UNIT P POLE STRIP LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER X FCV FAN-CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL PA PUBLIC ADDRESS OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR CEILING MOUNTED EMERGENCYCONDUIT EMBEDDED PANELBOARD-SURFACE MOUNTED -360° COVERAGE - DUAL TECHNOLOGY UNIT PB PULL BOX 2'X2' LUMINAIRE CONDUIT CAPPED FLA FULL LOAD AMPS PCHP PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP FO FIBER OPTIC(S) PDU POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT X LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR CONDUIT TURNED DOWN FP FIRE PUMP PF Tx. Registration # F-2113 FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER PFCC POWER FACTOR CORRECTION 2'X2' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER OF T TE EX LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL CONDUIT TURNED UP FUT FUTURE CAPACITOR A A X T S FVNR FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING PH PHASE S TWIN HEAD WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY HOMERUN - ONE PHASE - ONE NEUTRAL, FVV FAN-VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL PIR PASSIVE INFRARED LUMINAIRE - BATTERY OPERATED J JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, WALL MOUNTED DOUGLAS B. BELISLE X ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR UNIT PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER P 80083 R PMH POWER MANHOLE R E O L F IC ED E J JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, CEILING MOUNTED GAOP GEAR AUXILIARY OIL PUMP PMT PAD MOUNT E ENS I N S POLE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE HOMERUN - TWO PHASE, ZERO, ONE S NG X GEN GENERATOR PNL PANELBOARD ION L E OR TWO NEUTRAL AS SCHEDULED BY TICK 2/16/2016 A JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, FLUSH MOUNTED IN FLOOR GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT PS PROGRAMMED START J MARKS, ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR LUMINAIRE FLUSH MOUNTED OR FLOORBOX AS NOTED ON PLANS INTERRUPTER PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE X GFEP GROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT PVC-RGS PVC COATED RIGID GALVANIZED HOMERUN - THREE PHASE, ZERO, ONE PROTECTION STEEL CONDUIT LUMINAIRE FLUSH MOUNTED - EMERGENCY POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON FUSIBLE, 30A, 3P UON X OR THREE NEUTRAL AS SCHEDULED BY TICK G, GND GROUND UT HEALTH SCIENCE MARKS, ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR GRAP GENERATOR REMOTE EXIT SIGN WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSIBLE, 30A, 3P UON ANNUNCIATOR PANEL CENTER X AS INDICATED SHADING INDICATES M MOTOR SINGLE PHASE - HP AS NOTED GWH GAS-FIRED WATER HEATER 1 NUMBER OF FACES & CONFIGURATION STARTER, NEMA SIZE '1' UON /6

X EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED COMBINATION SWITCH STARTER, NEMA SIZE '1' UON 20 MOTOR THREE PHASE - HP AS NOTED SUBSCRIPT DENOTES X LETTER DENOTES TYPE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER CB TYPE AND SIZE AS NOTED TWO SPEED MOTOR - HP AS NOTED UTHSC LOAD BANK DIRECTION ARROW FOR EXIT SIGN R DIRECTION ARROW FOR EXIT SIGN RELAY INSTALLATION IMM GENERATOR THREE PHASE SIZE AS NOTED S SINGLE POLE SNAP SWITCH PUSH BUTTON 1095-026-02 S3 THREE WAY SNAP SWITCH K KIRK KEY INTERLOCK LP LIGHTNING PROTECTION CONDUCTOR ELECTRICAL LEGEND S FOUR WAY SNAP SWITCH 4 BUZZER G GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SYMBOLS AND SK KEY OPERATED SNAP SWITCH BELL SD MANUAL DIMMER SWITCH ABBREVIATIONS T SINGLE POLE HP RATED MOTOR TRANSFORMER SM SSA Project Number DISCONNECT SWITCHRAISE/LOWER SWITCH 1095-026-02 EXISTING PANELBOARD Date S RAISE/LOWER SWITCH SURFACE MOUNTED 02-15-2016

C:\Revit\1095-026-02_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt RL Designed By S LOCAL ROOM CONTROL FOR DIMMING EXISTING PANELBOARD DEL LC FLUSH MOUNTED AND/OR LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. Checked By DBB ST MANUAL TIMER SWITCH - O - 2 HOUR Drawing No. S SINGLE POLE SNAP SWITCH WITH WEATHERPROOF WP COVER E-001 Scale NO SCALE 2/16/2016 10:10:57 AM 10:10:57 2/16/2016 GENERAL NOTES KEYED NOTES E-010 1 USE EXISTING CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR NEW A. RENOVATION ITEMS SHOWN BOLD ARE LOAD BANK. SET TRIP RATING AT 1120A. NEW. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 B. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 EXISTING CONDITIONS Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113

 { { I   t í {   I   Ç    ! "#$#

EXISTING NATURAL GAS GEN 1 - IMM EXISTING NATURAL GAS GEN 2 - IMM 880KW/1100KVA, 480Y/277V, 0.8 P.F, NATURAL GAS 880KW/1100KVA, 480Y/277V, 0.8 P.F, NATURAL GAS

G G

1600AF 1600AF 1600AT 1600AT 3P 3P LSI LSI

EXISTING EMERGENCY SWBD EM-1 EXISTING EMERGENCY SWBD EM-2 1600A, MLO 480Y/277V, 3 PH, 4W 1600A, MLO 480Y/277V, 3 PH, 4W ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 No. Description Date

Keyplan

800AF 1600A 1600A 800AF 800AT 1120AT 1120AT 400AT 3P 3P 3P 3P LSI 1 LSI 1

NEW NEW Tx. Registration # F-2113 EMERGENCY ATS: ATS #6 3 - 3-1/2"C, EA, W/ 3 - 3-1/2"C, EA, W/ EMERGENCY ATS: ATS #2 OF T TE EX 800A, 480Y/277V, 4P 3 - 500KCMIL 3 - 500KCMIL 400A, 480Y/277V, 4P A A TO LOAD TO LOAD T S 1 #3/0 GND 1 #3/0 GND S ON 7TH FLOOR BANK CONTROLLER ON 7TH FLOOR BANK CONTROLLER DOUGLAS B. BELISLE N N E E P 80083 R R E O L F IC ED E E ENS I N S S NG 2/16/2016 IONAL E AUX NORMAL AUX NORMAL NEW LOAD BANKS NEW LOAD BANKS DIRECT LS750 DIRECT LS750 AUX EMERG 750KW/480V,3PH,3W 750KW/480V,3PH,3W AUX EMERG LOAD BANK LOAD BANK UT HEALTH SCIENCE GEN START GEN START CENTER

LOAD DUMP LOAD DUMP 2#14 2#14 3/4"C 3/4"C UTHSC LOAD BANK INSTALLATION IMM TO TO EMERGENCY EMERGENCY PANEL PANEL 1095-026-02 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - IMM LOAD BANK ADDITION ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - IMM LOAD SSA Project Number BANK ADDITION 1095-026-02 Date NO SCALE 02-15-2016

C:\Revit\1095-026-02_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt 1 Designed By DEL Checked By DBB Drawing No. E-010 Scale As indicated 2/16/2016 10:11:02 AM 10:11:02 2/16/2016 GENERAL NOTES KEYED NOTES E-107 1 NEW LOAD BANK MOUNTED ON 18" A. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. REINFORCED CONCRETE PAD WITH #4 REBAR @12” O.C. TOP AND BOTTOM. SEE B. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MOUNTING CONDITIONS. DETAIL. 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 2 EXISTING DOOR WILL BE REMOVED AND Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 EXISTING OPENING WILL BE EXPANDED TO Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 880KW ACCOMODATE THE SIZE OF NEW LOAD BANKS. NATURAL GAS NEW DOOR WILL BE INSTALLED. SEE GENERATOR #1 ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. EXISTING 880KW 3 LOAD BANK CAN BE BROUGHT UP FREIGHT D NATURAL GAS ELEVATOR FOR INSTALLATION ON ROOF. NOTE N GENERATOR #2 THAT EXISTING DOOR/WALL WILL NEED TO BE REMOVED TO ACCESS ROOF. LOAD BANK CAN BE ROTATED 90 DEGREES FOR ACCESS GENERATOR THROUGH DOOR/WALL OPENING. OVERHEAD ROOM CLEARANCE IN THE AREA IS LIMITED. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS.

EXISTING EMERGENCY  { { I   t í SWBD EM-1 & EM-2 {   I   Ç    ! "#$#

EXISTING ATS #2 EXISTING ATS #6

DN

PENTHOUSE ROOM

1 1

2 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 NEW NEW UP LOAD LOAD No. Description Date ROOF BANK BANK 3 GEN#2 GEN#1 Keyplan

UP

FREIGHT ELEVATOR

DN DN

LOAD BANK Tx. Registration # F-2113

OF T TE EX A A CHAMFER ALL EXPOSED EDGES T S AND CORNERS 3/4" x 45 S DEGREES. SMOKE EXHAUST DOUGLAS B. BELISLE

P 80083 R R E O L F IC ED E E ENS I N 6" 4" S S NG 2/16/2016 IONAL E FINISHED 10"

ROOF SMOKE EXHAUST 1'-6"

4" SMOKE EXHAUST UT HEALTH SCIENCE

ELEVATION CENTER

SMOKE EXHAUST PAD MOUNTED LOAD BANK DETAIL 2 12" = 1'-0" UTHSC LOAD BANK INSTALLATION IMM 1095-026-02 ELECTRICAL 7TH FLOOR PLAN - IMM LOAD BANK ADDITION

ELECTRICAL 7TH FLOOR PLAN - IMM LOAD SSA Project Number 1095-026-02 BANK ADDITION Date 02-15-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-02_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 Plan Designed By DEL Checked By DBB NORTH Drawing No. E-107 0' 8' 16' Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" As indicated 2/16/2016 10:11:07 AM 10:11:07 2/16/2016

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

PROFESSIONAL SEALS PAGE

The following Documents and Specifications have been prepared by or under the direct supervision of the Engineer.

ENGINEER

Shah Smith & Associates, Inc 2825 Wilcrest, Suite 350 Houston, Texas 77042 Telephone: 713-780-7563 Contact: Douglas Belisle, PE 2/16/2016 Electronic Mail: [email protected]

DIVISION 26 No. of Pages Section 26 00 00 Basic Electrical Requirements ...... 6 Section 26 05 19 Insulated Conductors ...... 2 Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding ...... 2 Section 26 05 33 Raceway, Conduit and Boxes ...... 3 Section 26 05 53 Electrical Identification ...... 3 Section 26 32 12 Generator Load Bank ...... 3

Table of Contents

SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Re-use of existing products. B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection. C. Product option requirements. D. Substitution limitations and procedures. E. Procedures for Owner-supplied products. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. 1. Submit within 15 days after date of Agreement. 2. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference standards. B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. 1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 EXISTING PRODUCTS A. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. Unforeseen historic items encountered remain the property of the Owner; notify Owner promptly upon discovery; protect, remove, handle, and store as directed by Owner. C. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed, but not to be re-used, relocated, reinstalled, delivered to the Owner, or otherwise indicated as to remain the property of the Owner, become the property of the Contractor; remove from site. 2.02 NEW PRODUCTS A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents. B. DO NOT USE products having any of the following characteristics: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. 2. Containing lead, cadmium, asbestos. 2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 01 60 00 - 1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Architect will consider requests for substitutions only within 15 days after date of Agreement. B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 5. Agrees to reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities. D. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. E. Substitution Submittal Procedure (after contract award): 1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. 3.02 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration. B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging. C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials. D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 01 60 00 - 2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling. H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible. 3.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product. E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. F. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants. G. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any. H. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. I. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining. J. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. K. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. END OF SECTION

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 01 60 00 - 3 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 07 21 00 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Board insulation at over roof deck. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and product limitations. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include information on special environmental conditions required for installation and installation techniques. 1.03 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to successful installation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 APPLICATIONS A. Insulation Over Roof Deck: Polyisocyanurate board. 2.02 FOAM BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS END OF SECTION

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 07 21 00 - 1 THERMAL INSULATION

SECTION 07 54 23 - THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Thermoplastic membrane roofing system, including all components specified. B. Disposal of demolition debris and construction waste is the responsibility of Contractor. Perform disposal in manner complying with all applicable federal, state, and local regulations. C. Comply with the published recommendations and instructions of the roofing membrane manufacturer, at http://manual.fsbp.com. D. Commencement of work by Contractor shall constitute acknowledgement by Contractor that this specification can be satisfactorily executed, under the project conditions and with all necessary prerequisites for warranty acceptance by roofing membrane manufacturer. No modification of the Contract Sum will be made for failure to adequately examine the Contract Documents or the project conditions. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Formed metal flashing and trim items associated with roofing. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C1289 - Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board; 2014. B. ASTM C1549 - Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer; 2009 (Reapproved 2014). C. ASTM D638 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics; 2014. D. ASTM D1004 - Standard Test Method for Tear Resistance (Graves Tear) of Plastic Film and Sheeting; 2013. E. ASTM D6878/D6878M - Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing; 2013. F. FM DS 1-28 - Wind Design; Factory Mutual System; 2007. G. FM DS 1-29 - Roof Deck Securement and Above-Deck Roof Components; Factory Mutual System; 2006. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: Before start of roofing work, Contractor shall hold a meeting to discuss the proper installation of materials and requirements to achieve the warranty. 1. Require attendance with all parties directly influencing the quality of roofing work or affected by the performance of roofing work. 2. Notify Architect well in advance of meeting. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: 1. Provide membrane manufacturer's printed data sufficient to show that all components of roofing system, including insulation and fasteners, comply with the specified requirements and with the membrane manufacturer's requirements and recommendations for the system type specified; include data for each product used in conjunction with roofing membrane. 2. Installation Instructions: Provide manufacturer's instructions to installer, marked up to show exactly how all components will be installed; where instructions allow installation options, clearly indicate which option will be used. C. Shop Drawings: Provide:

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 07 54 23 - 1 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO)

1. The roof membrane manufacturer's standard details customized for this project for all relevant conditions, including flashings, base tie-ins, roof edges, terminations, expansion joints, penetrations, and drains. 2. For tapered insulation, provide project-specific layout and dimensions for each board. D. Specimen Warranty: Submit prior to starting work. E. Executed Warranty. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Roofing installer shall have the following: 1. At least five years experience in installing specified system. 2. Capability to provide payment and performance bond to building owner. 3. Capability to provide a payment performance bond. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry and undamaged, with seals and labels intact and legible. B. Store materials clear of ground and moisture with weather protective covering. C. Keep combustible materials away from ignition sources. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Comply with all warranty procedures required by manufacturer, including notifications, scheduling, and inspections. C. Warranty: Firestone Limited Warranty covering membrane, roof insulation, and other indicated components of the system, for the term indicated. 1. Limit of Liability: No dollar limitation. 2. Scope of Coverage: Repair leaks in the roofing system caused by: a. Ordinary wear and tear of the elements. b. Manufacturing defect in Firestone brand materials. c. Defective workmanship used to install these materials. d. Damage due to winds up to 55 mph (88 km/h). 3. Not Covered: a. Damage due to winds in excess of 55 mph (88 km/h). b. Damage due hurricanes or tornadoes. c. Hail. d. Intentional damage. e. Unintentional damage due to normal rooftop inspections, maintenance, or service. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturer - Roofing System: Firestone Building Products LLC, Carmel, IN: www.firestonebpco.com. 1. Roofing systems manufactured by others are acceptable provided the roofing system is completely equivalent in materials and warranty conditions and the manufacturer meets the following qualifications: a. Specializing in manufacturing the roofing system to be provided. b. Able to provide isocyanurate insulation that is produced in own facilities. c. Roofing systems manufactured by the companies listed below are acceptable provided they are completely equivalent in materials and warranty conditions: B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 1. Submit evidence that the proposed substitution complies with the specified requirements. 2.02 ROOFING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Roofing System: Thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) single-ply membrane.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 07 54 23 - 2 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO)

1. Membrane Attachment: Fully adhered. 2. Warranty: Full system warranty; Firestone 20 year Red Shield Limited Warranty covering membrane, roof insulation, and membrane accessories. 3. Comply with applicable local building code requirements. 4. Provide assembly complying with Factory Mutual Corporation (FM) Roof Assembly Classification, FM DS 1-28 and 1-29, and meeting minimum requirements of FM 1-90 wind uplift rating. B. Roofing System Components: Listed in order from the top of the roof down: 1. Membrane: Thickness as specified. 2. Base Sheet Over Insulation: Mechanically attached. 3. Insulation: a. Tapered: Slope as indicated; provide minimum R-value (RSI-value) at thinnest point; place tapered layer on top. b. Crickets: Tapered insulation of same type as specified for top layer; slope as indicated. 2.03 MEMBRANE MATERIALS A. Membrane: Flexible, heat weldable sheet composed of thermoplastic polyolefin polymer and ethylene propylene rubber; complying with ASTM D6878/D6878M, with polyester weft inserted reinforcement and the following additional characteristics: 1. Solar Reflectance: 0.79, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM C1549. 2. Color: White. B. Membrane Fasteners: Type and size as required by roof membrane manufacturer for roofing system and warranty to be provided; use only fasteners furnished by roof membrane manufacturer. C. Curb and Parapet Flashing: Same material as membrane, with encapsulated edge which eliminates need for seam sealing the flashing-to-roof splice; precut to 18 inches (457 mm) wide. D. Formable Flashing: Non-reinforced, flexible, heat weldable sheet, composed of thermoplastic polyolefin polymer and ethylene propylene rubber. 1. Thickness: 0.060 inch (1.52 mm) plus/minus 10 percent. 2. Tensile Strength: 1550 psi (10.7 MPa), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D638 after heat aging. 3. Elongation at Break: 650 percent, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D638 after heat aging. 4. Tearing Strength: 12 lbf (53 N), minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D1004 after heat aging. 5. Color: White. 6. Acceptable Product: UltraPly TPO Flashing by Firestone. E. Tape Flashing: 5-1/2 inch (140 mm) nominal wide TPO membrane laminated to cured rubber polymer seaming tape, overall thickness 0.065 inch (1.6 mm) nominal; TPO QuickSeam Flashing by Firestone. F. Pourable Sealer: Two-part polyurethane, two-color for reliable mixing; Pourable Sealer by Firestone. G. Seam Plates: Steel with barbs and Galvalume coating; corrosion-resistance complying with FM 4470. H. Termination Bars: Aluminum bars with integral caulk ledge; 1.3 inches (33 mm) wide by 0.10 inch (2.5 mm) thick; Firestone Termination Bar by Firestone. I. Cut Edge Sealant: Synthetic rubber-based, for use where membrane reinforcement is exposed; UltraPly TPO Cut Edge Sealant by Firestone. J. General Purpose Sealant: EPDM-based, one part, white general purpose sealant; UltraPly TPO General Purpose Sealant by Firestone.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 07 54 23 - 3 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO)

K. Molded Flashing Accessories: Unreinforced TPO membrane pre-molded to suit a variety of flashing details, including pipe boots, inside corners, outside corners, etc.; UltraPly TPO Small and Large Pipe Flashing by Firestone. L. Roof Walkway Pads: Non-reinforced TPO walkway pads, 0.130 inch (3 mm) by 30 inches (760 mm) by 40 feet (12.19 m) long with patterned traffic bearing surface; UltraPly TPO Walkway Pads by Firestone. PART 3 INSTALLATION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install roofing, insulation, flashings, and accessories in accordance with roofing manufacturer's published instructions and recommendations for the specified roofing system. Where manufacturer provides no instructions or recommendations, follow good roofing practices and industry standards. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations. B. Obtain all relevant instructions and maintain copies at project site for duration of installation period. C. Do not start work until Pre-Installation Notice has been submitted to manufacturer as notification that this project requires a manufacturer's warranty. D. Perform work using competent and properly equipped personnel. E. Temporary closures, which ensure that moisture does not damage any completed section of the new roofing system, are the responsibility of the applicator. Completion of flashings, terminations, and temporary closures shall be completed as required to provide a watertight condition. F. Install roofing membrane only when surfaces are clean, dry, smooth and free of snow or ice; do not apply roofing membrane during inclement weather or when ambient conditions will not allow proper application; consult manufacturer for recommended procedures during cold weather. Do not work with sealants and adhesives when material temperature is outside the range of 60 to 80 degrees F (15 to 25 degrees C). G. Protect adjacent construction, property, vehicles, and persons from damage related to roofing work; repair or restore damage caused by roofing work. 1. Protect from spills and overspray from bitumen, adhesives, sealants and coatings. 2. Particularly protect metal, glass, plastic, and painted surfaces from bitumen, adhesives, and sealants within the range of wind-borne overspray. 3. Protect finished areas of the roofing system from roofing related work traffic and traffic by other trades. H. Until ready for use, keep materials in their original containers as labeled by the manufacturer. I. Consult membrane manufacturer's instructions, container labels, and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for specific safety instructions. Keep all adhesives, sealants, primers and cleaning materials away from all sources of ignition. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Examine roof deck to determine that it is sufficiently rigid to support installers and their mechanical equipment and that deflection will not strain or rupture roof components or deform deck. B. Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work. Correct defects in the substrate before commencing with roofing work. C. Examine roof substrate to verify that it is properly sloped to drains. D. Verify that the specifications and drawing details are workable and not in conflict with the roofing manufacturer's recommendations and instructions; start of work constitutes acceptable of project conditions and requirements.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 07 54 23 - 4 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO)

3.03 PREPARATION A. Take appropriate measures to ensure that fumes from adhesive solvents are not drawn into the building through air intakes. B. Prior to proceeding, prepare roof surface so that it is clean, dry, and smooth, and free of sharp edges, fins, roughened surfaces, loose or foreign materials, oil, grease and other materials that may damage the membrane. C. Fill all surface voids in the immediate substrate that are greater than 1/4 inch (6 mm) wide with fill material acceptable insulation to membrane manufacturer. D. Seal, grout, or tape deck joints, where needed, to prevent bitumen seepage into building. 3.04 SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Beginning at low point of roof, place membrane without stretching over substrate and allow to relax at least 30 minutes before attachment or splicing; in colder weather allow for longer relax time. B. Lay out the membrane pieces so that field and flashing splices are installed to shed water. C. Install membrane without wrinkles and without gaps or fishmouths in seams; bond and test seams and laps in accordance with membrane manufacturer's instructions and details. D. Install membrane adhered to the substrate, with edge securement as specified. E. Adhered Membrane: Bond membrane sheet to substrate using membrane manufacturer's recommended bonding material, application rate, and procedures. F. Edge Securement: Secure membrane at all locations where membrane terminates or goes through an angle change greater than 2 in 12 inches (1:6) using mechanically fastened reinforced perimeter fastening strips, plates, or metal edging as indicated or as recommended by roofing manufacturer. 1. Exceptions: Round pipe penetrations less than 18 inches (460 mm) in diameter and square penetrations less than 4 inches (200 mm) square. 2. Metal edging is not merely decorative; ensure anchorage of membrane as intended by roofing manufacturer. 3.05 FLASHING AND ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A. Install flashings, including laps, splices, joints, bonding, adhesion, and attachment, as required by membrane manufacturer's recommendations and details. B. Metal Accessories: Install metal edgings, gravel stops, and copings in locations indicated on the drawings, with horizontal leg of edge member over membrane and flashing over metal onto membrane. 1. Follow roofing manufacturer's instructions. 2. Remove protective plastic surface film immediately before installation. 3. Install water block sealant under the membrane anchorage leg. 4. Flash with manufacturer's recommended flashing sheet unless otherwise indicated. 5. Where single application of flashing will not completely cover the metal flange, install additional piece of flashing to cover the metal edge. 6. If the roof edge includes a gravel stop and sealant is not applied between the laps in the metal edging, install an additional piece of self-adhesive flashing membrane over the metal lap to the top of the gravel stop; apply seam edge treatment at the intersections of the two flashing sections. 7. When the roof slope is greater than 1:12, apply seam edge treatment along the back edge of the flashing. 3.06 FINISHING AND WALKWAY INSTALLATION A. Install walkways at access points to the roof, around rooftop equipment that may require maintenance, and where indicated on the drawings. B. Walkway Pads: Adhere to the roofing membrane, spacing each pad at minimum of 1.0 inch (25 mm) and maximum of 3.0 inches (75 mm) from each other to allow for drainage.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 07 54 23 - 5 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO)

1. If installation of walkway pads over field fabricated splices or within 6 inches (150 mm) of a splice edge cannot be avoided, adhere another layer of flashing over the splice and extending beyond the walkway pad a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) on either side. 2. Prime the membrane, remove the release paper on the pad, press in place, and walk on pad to ensure proper adhesion. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection by Manufacturer: Provide final inspection of the roofing system by a Technical Representative employed by roofing system manufacturer specifically to inspect installation for warranty purposes (i.e. not a sales person). B. Perform all corrections necessary for issuance of warranty. 3.08 CLEANING A. Clean all contaminants generated by roofing work from building and surrounding areas, including bitumen, adhesives, sealants, and coatings. B. Repair or replace building components and finished surfaces damaged or defaced due to the work of this section; comply with recommendations of manufacturers of components and surfaces. C. Remove leftover materials, trash, debris, equipment from project site and surrounding areas. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Where construction traffic must continue over finished roof membrane, provide durable protection and replace or repair damaged roofing to original condition. END OF SECTION

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 07 54 23 - 6 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN ROOFING (TPO)

SECTION 08 11 13 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Non-fire-rated hollow metal doors and frames. B. Thermally insulated hollow metal doors with frames. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA Standards - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design; 2010. B. ANSI/SDI A250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames and Frame Anchors; 2011. C. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (SDI-100); 2014. D. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames; 2011. E. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 2015. F. ASTM A1008/A1008M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength, Low Alloy, and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable; 2015. G. ASTM A1011/A1011M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength; 2014. H. ICC A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities; International Code Council; 2009 (ANSI). I. NAAMM HMMA 805 - Recommended Selection and Usage Guide for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2012. J. NAAMM HMMA 840 - Guide Specifications for Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2007. K. NAAMM HMMA 860 - Guide Specifications for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames; 2013. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, and finishes; and one copy of referenced standards/guidelines. C. Shop Drawings: Details of each opening, showing elevations, glazing, frame profiles, and any indicated finish requirements. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Copies of Documents at Project Site: Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes installation requirements. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with NAAMM HMMA 840 or ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humidity build-up under coverings; prevent corrosion and adverse effects on factory applied painted finish.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 08 11 13 - 1 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Ceco Door; _____, an Assa Abloy Group company: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. Republic Doors; ____: www.republicdoor.com. 3. Steelcraft; ____, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/us. 4. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.02 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Requirements for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1. Steel used for fabrication of doors and frames shall comply with one or more of the following requirements; Galvannealed steel conforming to ASTM A653/A653M, cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A1008/A1008M, or hot-rolled pickled and oiled (HRPO) steel conforming to ASTM A1011/A1011M, Commercial Steel (CS) Type B for each. 2. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to comply with more than one type of requirement, comply with the specified requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated as being sound-rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with the most stringent. 2.03 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. Type B00, Exterior Doors: Thermally insulated. 1. Based on NAAMM HMMA Custom Guidelines: a. Comply with guidelines of NAAMM HMMA 860 for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. b. Performance Level 1 - Light Duty, in accordance with NAAMM HMMA 805. c. Physical Performance Level C, 250,000 cycles; in accordance with ANSI/SDI A250.4. d. Door Face Metal Thickness: 20 gage, 0.032 inch (0.8 mm), minimum. 2. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch (44.5 mm), nominal. 3. Door Finish: Factory primed and field finished. 2.04 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Comply with standards and/or custom guidelines as indicated for corresponding door in accordance with applicable door frame requirements. B. Exterior Door Frames: Knock-down type. 1. Galvanizing: Components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, with A40/ZF120 coating. 2. Frame Metal Thickness: 16 gage, 0.053 inch (1.3 mm), minimum. 3. Frame Finish: Factory primed and field finished. 4. Weatherstripping: Separate, see Section 08 71 00. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Silencers: Resilient rubber, fitted into drilled hole; 3 on strike side of single door, 3 on center mullion of pairs, and 2 on head of pairs without center mullions. B. Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for factory- or shop-assembled frames. 2.06 FINISHES A. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10, door manufacturer's standard. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Verify that finished walls are in plane to ensure proper door alignment.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 08 11 13 - 2 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and related requirements of specified door and frame standards or custom guidelines indicated. B. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. C. Coordinate installation of hardware. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 in (1.5 mm) measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement. 3.05 SCHEDULE A. Refer to Door and Frame Schedule on the drawings. END OF SECTION

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 08 11 13 - 3 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for hollow metal doors. B. Electrically operated and controlled hardware. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08 11 13 - Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. BHMA A156.1 - American National Standard for Butts and Hinges; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.; 2013 (ANSI/BHMA A156.1). B. BHMA A156.2 - American National Standard for Bored and Preassembled Locks & Latches; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2011 (ANSI/BHMA A156.2). C. BHMA A156.4 - American National Standard for Door Controls - Closers; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.; 2013 (ANSI/BHMA A156.4). D. BHMA A156.6 - American National Standard for Architectural Door Trim; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2010 (ANSI/BHMA A156.6). E. BHMA A156.7 - American National Standard for Template Hinge Dimensions; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; 2014 (ANSI/BHMA A156.7). F. BHMA A156.17 - American National Standard for Self Closing Hinges & Pivots; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.; 2014 (ANSI/BHMA A156.17). G. BHMA A156.18 - American National Standard for Materials and Finishes; Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.; 2012 (ANSI/BHMA A156.18). H. BHMA A156.115 - American National Standard for Hardware Preparation in Steel Doors and Steel Frames; 2014 (ANSI/BHMA A156.115). I. DHI (LOCS) - Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames; Door and Hardware Institute; 2004. J. UL (BMD) - Building Materials Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate the manufacture, fabrication, and installation of products that door hardware will be installed upon. B. Furnish templates for door and frame preparation to manufacturers and fabricators of products requiring internal reinforcement for door hardware. C. Convey Owner's keying requirements to manufacturers. D. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a preinstallation meeting one week prior to commencing work of this section; require attendance by all affected installers. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog literature for each type of hardware, marked to clearly show products to be furnished for this project. C. Hardware Schedule: Detailed listing of each item of hardware to be installed on each door. Use door numbering scheme as included in the Contract Documents. Identify electrically operated items and include power requirements. D. Keying Schedule: Submit for approval of Owner. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 08 71 00 - 1 DOOR HARDWARE

F. Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. G. Keys: Deliver with identifying tags to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier. H. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. I. Maintenance Materials and Tools: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project. 1. Tools: One set of all special wrenches or tools applicable to each different or special hardware component, whether supplied by the hardware component manufacturer or not. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years of documented experience. B. Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Company specializing in supplying commercial door hardware with Three years of experience. C. Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to assist in the work of this section. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Package hardware items individually; label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. 1.08 WARRANTY A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. Provide five year warranty for door closers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Allegion Brands; Ives, LCN, Schlage, Steelcraft, or Von Duprin: www.allegion.com/us. B. Assa Abloy Brands; Corbin Russwin, Curries, McKinney, Norton, Sargent, or Yale: www.assaabloydss.com. C. Best Access Systems, division of Stanley Security Solutions: www.bestaccess.com. D. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com. E. DORMA USA, Inc: www.dorma.com. 2.02 DOOR HARDWARE - GENERAL A. Provide hardware specified or required to make doors fully functional, compliant with applicable codes, and secure to the extent indicated. B. Provide items of a single type of the same model by the same manufacturer. C. Provide products that comply with the following: 1. Applicable provisions of federal, state, and local codes. 2. Hardware Preparation for Steel Doors and Steel Frames: BHMA A156.115. 3. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. D. Electrically Operated and/or Controlled Hardware: Provide all power supplies, power transfer hinges, relays, and interfaces required for proper operation; provide wiring between hardware and control components and to building power connection. E. Finishes: Provide door hardware of the same finish unless otherwise indicated. 1. Primary Finish: Satin chrome plated over nickel on brass or bronze, 626 (approx US26D). 2. Secondary Finish: Satin chrome plated over nickel on brass or bronze, 626 (approx US26D). 3. Finish Definitions: BHMA A156.18.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 08 71 00 - 2 DOOR HARDWARE

4. Exceptions: a. Where base metal is specified to be different, provide finish that is an appearance equivalent according to BHMA A156.18. 2.03 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Locks: Provide a lock for every door, unless specifically indicated as not requiring locking. 1. Trim: Provide lever handle or pull trim on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to have no outside trim. 2. Lock Cylinders: Provide key access on outside of all locks unless specifically stated to have no locking or no outside trim. B. Lock Cylinders: Manufacturer’s standard tumbler type, six-pin standard core. 1. Provide cams and/or tailpieces as required for locking devices required. C. Keying: Grand master keyed. D. Latches: Provide a latch for every door that is not required to lock, unless specifically indicated "push/pull" or "not required to latch". 2.04 HINGES A. Hinges: Provide hinges on every swinging door. 1. Provide five-knuckle full mortise butt hinges unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide ball-bearing hinges at all doors having closers. 3. Provide hinges in the quantities indicated. 4. Provide non-removable pins on exterior outswinging doors. 5. Where electrified hardware is mounted in door leaf, provide power transfer hinges. B. Butt Hinges: Comply with BHMA A156.1 and A156.7; standard weight, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide hinge width required to clear surrounding trim. C. Quantity of Hinges Per Door: 1. Doors From 60 inches (1.5 m) High up to 90 inches (2.3 m) High: Three hinges. 2. Doors 90 inches (2.3 m) High up to 120 inches (3 m) High: Four hinges. 2.05 PIVOTS A. Pivots: Comply with BHMA A156.17. B. Manufacturers - Pivots: 1. Assa Abloy Brands; McKinney or Rixson: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com. 3. DORMA USA, Inc.; LM Series: www.dorma.com. 4. Ives, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/us. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.06 PUSH/PULLS A. Push/Pulls: Comply with BHMA A156.6. 1. Provide push and pull on doors not specified to have lockset, latchset, exit device, or auxiliary lock. 2. On solid doors, provide matching push plate and pull plate on opposite faces. B. Manufacturers - Push/Pulls: 1. Assa Abloy Brands; McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc; ______: www.crl-arch.com. 3. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com. 4. Trimco, originally called Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co., Inc: www.trimcohardware.com. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.07 CYLINDRICAL LOCKSETS A. Locking Functions: As defined in BHMA A156.2, and as follows. 1. Always-Locked: F86, key required to lock, may not be left unlocked.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 08 71 00 - 3 DOOR HARDWARE

B. Manufacturers - Cylindrical Locksets: 1. Assa Abloy Brands; Corbin Russwin, Sargent, or Yale: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. Best Access Systems, division of Stanley Security Solutions: www.bestaccess.com. 3. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com. 4. Schlage, an Allegion brand: www.allegion.com/us. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.08 CLOSERS A. Closers: Complying with BHMA A156.4. 1. Provide surface-mounted, door-mounted closers unless otherwise indicated. 2. At outswinging exterior doors, mount closer in inside of door. B. Manufacturers - Surface Mounted Closers: 1. Assa Abloy Brands; Corbin Russwin, Norton, Rixson, Sargent, or Yale: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc: www.crl-arch.com. 3. DORMA USA, Inc.; 7400 Series, 8600 Series, 8900 Series, and TS93: www.dorma.com. 4. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 2.09 PROTECTION PLATES AND ARCHITECTURAL TRIM A. Protection Plates: 1. Kickplate: Provide on push side of every door with closer, except aluminum storefront and glass entry doors. B. Drip Guard: Provide projecting drip guard over all exterior doors unless they are under a projecting roof or canopy. C. Manufacturers - Protection Plates and Architectural Trim: 1. Assa Abloy Brands; McKinney: www.assaabloydss.com. 2. C. R. Laurence Co., Inc; ______: www.crl-arch.com. 3. Hager Companies: www.hagerco.com. 4. Trimco, originally called Triangle Brass Manufacturing Co., Inc: www.trimcohardware.com. 5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work; labeled, fire-rated doors and frames are present and properly installed, and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify that is available to power operated devices and of the correct characteristics. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable codes. B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. C. Mounting heights for hardware from finished floor to center line of hardware item. 1. For steel doors and frames: Comply with DHI "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Steel Doors and Frames." 2. For Steel Doors and Frames: Refer to Section 08 11 13. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Section 01 70 00. B. Adjust hardware for smooth operation.

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 08 71 00 - 4 DOOR HARDWARE

HARDWARE SETS 4.01 HARDWARE SETS - GENERAL A. These Hardware Sets indicate requirements for single doors of that type, with conditional requirements for pairs and other situations. 4.02 SWING DOORS -- MAY NOT BE LEFT UNLOCKED A. HW-30: Always-Locked, Non-Fire-Rated: 1. Lockset, Always-Locked. 2. Exterior Outswing Doors: Lock Guard. END OF SECTION

216-026 / IMM Load Bank Pads 08 71 00 - 5 DOOR HARDWARE

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 00 00 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. General and Supplementary General Conditions and special conditions are specifically applicable to all Division 26 Sections.

B. The Drawings are necessarily diagrammatic by their nature, and are not intended to show every connection in detail or every device or raceway in its exact location. The Contractor shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions and shall coordinate the work in order to avoid interference between the various elements of work. Work shall be organized and laid out to coordinate with existing structures. Work shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building unless otherwise noted or indicated.

C. The intent of the drawings is to establish the types of systems and functions, but not to set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system. Electrical drawings are generally diagrammatic and show approximate location and extent of work. The drawings and specifications are cooperative, and work and/or materials called for in one and not mentioned in the other shall be provided. Install the work complete, including minor details necessary to perform the function indicated. Review pertinent drawings and adjust the work to conditions shown. Where discrepancies occur between drawings, specifications, and actual field conditions, immediately notify the Owner’s designated representative (ODR) for a resolution.

D. All dimensional information related to new structures shall be taken from the appropriate Drawings. All dimensional information related to existing facilities shall be taken from actual measurements made by the Contractor on the site.

E. Outlet and Equipment Locations. Coordinate the actual locations of electrical outlets and equipment with building features and equipment as indicated on architectural, structural, and electrical drawings. Review with the ODR any proposed changes in outlet or equipment location. Relocation of outlets before installation, of up to 5 feet from the position indicated, may be directed without additional cost. Remove and relocate outlets placed in an unsuitable location, when so requested by the ODR, at no additional cost.

F. Core Drilling. Core drilled openings shall be spaced 8" apart (measured centerline to centerline) for conduits 2" and smaller and 12" apart for conduits larger than 2". Penetrations shall be firestopped with a UL listed product in accordance with NEC Paragraph 300.21. See Section 07270 regarding sealing of penetrations.

G. Regulatory Requirements. The “Authority Having Jurisdiction” is the ODR, as an agency of the State of Texas. The installations shall comply with the requirements of the latest editions of the listed codes and standards at the date of issue of the construction documents.

1.2 NEW WORK

A. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following principal systems and equipment: 1. 480/277 volt distribution.

1.3 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Standards of the following organizations, as well as those listed in Division 1, may be referenced in this specification.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. Association of Edison Illuminating Cos. (AEIC) 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 4. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 7. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 9. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). 10. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA). 11. International Electrical Testing Association (INETA). 12. Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (MFMA). 13. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA).

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulations: Work, materials and equipment shall comply with the latest rules and regulations specified in the reference codes and standards in the previous paragraph.

B. Discrepancies: The drawings and specifications are intended to comply with listed codes, ordinances, regulations and standards. Where discrepancies occur, immediately notify the ODR in writing and ask for an interpretation. Should installed materials or workmanship fail to comply, the Contractor is responsible for correcting the improper installation. Additionally, where sizes, capacities, or other such features are required in excess of minimum code or standards requirements, provide those specified or shown.

C. Where differences within or between laws, code and standards exist, the law, code or standard having the most stringent requirement shall govern.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contractor Qualifications: An acceptable Contractor for the work under this division must have personnel with experience, training and skill to provide a practical working system. The Contractor shall furnish acceptable evidence of having installed not less than three systems of size and type comparable to this project. All personnel installing equipment under this Division shall possess valid City of Houston licenses for their skill level.

1.6 AUTOMATED EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS

A. Equipment and control systems where applicable, should match, integrate, communicate or coordinate with existing systems, such as building automation, switchgear, breakers, transformers, etc.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal requirements are described in the Conditions of the Contract and in Section 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. Furnish submittals for the items listed in the individual Sections.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Conditions: Provide new products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. Provide the manufacturer's latest standard design for the type of product specified.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Products shall be U.S. made, ODR reserves the right to approve or disapprove products of foreign manufacture.

B. NEC and UL: Products shall conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code. Where Underwriters' Laboratories have set standards, listed products and issued labels, products used shall be listed and labeled by UL.

C. Space Limitations: Equipment selected shall conform to the building features and shall be coordinated with them. Do not provide equipment that will not suit arrangement and space limitations.

D. Factory Finish: Equipment shall be delivered with a hard surface, factory-applied finish so that no additional field painting is required except for touch-up. Repaired finishes shall be equal to factory finishes in durability, corrosion protection, color and sheen.

2.2 NAMEPLATES AND DEVICE MARKING

A. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic 1-inch high, 3 inches long, 3/32-inch thick with 3/16-inch high Roman Gothic letters. For devices on normal power, letters shall be white on black background. For devices on emergency power, letters shall be white on red background. Provide blank nameplates for spare units and spaces. Attach nameplates only with stainless steel screws.

B. Where it is impractical to affix nameplates to devices, (e.g. small boxes, snap switches, receptacles, conduits, conductors, etc.), provide labels from ½-inch wide clear plastic tape with adhesive backing. Letters shall be ¼-inch high, black for devices on normal power and red for devices on emergency power. Tape shall be Brother Type “P-Touch” or approved equal.

C. Provide nameplates and labels for devices as listed in the individual Sections.

2.3 HARDWARE

A. Bolts, nuts, washers, fasteners and other hardware used to set or support equipment and devices shall be either hot-dipped galvanized steel, malleable iron, suitable stainless steel, or suitable non- ferrous metal.

B. Hardware for terminations at transformers, grounding buses, etc. and for terminations of conductors greater than 600V shall have minimum of SAE Grade 5 carbon steel hex head cap screws with two flat washers, a split-ring lock washer and a Grade 5 hex nut (all zinc plated).

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Install electrical systems in accordance with the latest issue of the ANSI/NECA “Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction” except where more stringent or restrictive requirements are specified herein.

B. The manufacturer's published directions shall be followed in the delivery, storage, protection, installation, and wiring of equipment and material. The Contractor shall promptly notify the ODR, in writing, of any conflict between the requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturers' directions, and shall obtain instructions from him before proceeding with the work. Should the Contractor perform any such work that does not comply with the manufacturers' directions or such instructions from the ODR, he shall bear all costs arising in connection with the deficiencies. UL listed products are to be installed in accordance with their listing and any applicable UL Guide information for the product’s Category Code.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Supervision: 1. Contractor of the work under this Division shall keep a competent superintendent or foreman on the job at all times. 2. It shall be the responsibility of such superintendent to review the Contract Documents and familiarize himself with the work and coordinate his work with other trades and before material is fabricated or installed, make sure that his work will not cause an interference with another trade. Where interferences are encountered, they shall be resolved at the job site by the Contractor. Where interferences cannot be resolved without major changes to the Drawings, the matter shall be referred to the ODR for resolution.

D. Site Observation: 1. Site observation will be by the ODR, the Owners technical staff and the Architect/Engineer and is for the express purpose of verifying compliance by the Contractor with the Contract Documents, and shall not be construed as construction supervision nor indication of approval of the manner or location in which the work is being performed as being a safe practice or place.

E. Existing Facilities: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him and his workmen, and shall be responsible for repairing or replacing such loss or damage. The Contractor shall send proper notices, make necessary arrangements, and perform other services required for the care, protection and in service maintenance of electrical services for the new and existing facilities. The Contractor shall erect temporary barricades, with necessary safety devices, as required to protect personnel from injury, removing such temporary protection upon completion of the work. 2. The Contractor shall provide temporary or new services to existing facilities as required to maintain their proper operation when normal services are disrupted as a result of the work being accomplished under this project. 3. Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing utilities, Contractor shall remove doors, piping, conduit, outlet boxes, wiring, light fixtures, air conditioning ductwork and equipment, etc., to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon completion of work in the areas affected. 4. Where partitions, walls, floors, or ceilings of existing construction are to be removed, Contractor shall remove and reinstall in locations approved by the ODR all devices required for the operation of the various systems installed in the existing construction. This is to include, but is not limited to control wiring, pneumatic tubing, and piping for temperature controls, temperature control system devices, electrical switches, relays, fixtures, piping, conduit, etc. 5. Outages of services as required by the new installation will be permitted but only at a time approved by the ODR. The Contractor shall allow the ODR two weeks to schedule required outages. The time allowed for outages will not be during normal working hours unless otherwise approved by the ODR. All costs of outages, including overtime charges, shall be included in the contract amount.

3.2 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT

A. Moisture: During construction, protect switchgear, transformers, control equipment, and other items from insulation moisture absorption and metallic component corrosion by appropriate use of strip heaters, lamps or other suitable means. Apply protection immediately upon receiving the products, and maintain continually.

B. Clean: Keep products clean by elevating above ground or floor and by using suitable coverings.

C. Damage: Take such precautions as are necessary to protect apparatus and materials from damage. Failure to protect materials is sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or material in question.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 4 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

D. Finish: Protect factory finish from damage during construction operations until acceptance of the project. Satisfactorily restore any finishes that become stained or damaged.

3.3 RENTAL GENERATOR REMOVAL

A. The Contractor shall remove the rental genset from the roof. The Contractor shall lower the generator from the roof, and transport them to the rental suppliers location.

B. In addition to removing rental genset, the Contractor shall remove all conductors associated the unit. The contractor shall also remove/re-route conduit associated with the unit per plans. The contractor shall also remove any lightning protecton system installed on the unit or connected to the unit. Seal weathertight all roof penetrations after removal of the genset.

3.4 GENERATOR INSTALLATION

A. The generator and all of its associated appurtenances shall be transported to the site, and lifted onto the roof. This installation shall be done on the same day as the removal of the rental genset in order to minimize road closures.

B. In addition to lifting the generator, the Contractor is to install all appurtenances to the generator in accordance with the manufacturer’s direction. These appurtenances include but are not limited to the muffler, vibration isolators, flex connection between the and muffler, exhaust pipe from muffler, and battery starting system. The generator vendor will provide start-up services.

C. The Contractor shall submit, four weeks prior to the installation, an installation schedule and sequence for review. The contractor is responsible for obtaining any and all permits required for street closures, etc., associated with the generator installation.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. Cooperation with Other Trades: Cooperate with trades of adjacent, related or affected materials or operations, and with trades performing continuations of this work to effect timely and accurate placing of work and to bring together, in proper and correct sequence, the work of such trades. Provide to other trades, as required, necessary templates, patterns, setting plans and shop details for the proper installation of the work and for the purpose of coordinating adjacent work. Verify electrical characteristics of equipment before roughing in the electrical connections.

B. Setting of Equipment: Equipment must be leveled and set plumb. Sheet metal enclosures mounted against a wall must be separated from the wall not less than 1/4 inch by means of metal spacers or by 3 inches of air for freestanding units.

C. Sealing of Equipment: Seal openings into equipment to prevent entrance of insects.

D. Support: Conduits and other raceways shall be adequately and properly supported from the building structure by means of hanger rods, clamps, or other methods as herein specified.

E. Accessories: Offsets, fittings, expansion joints, anchors and accessories that are required for a complete system shall be provided even if not specifically indicated on the drawings or mentioned in the specifications. Offsets, transitions and changes in direction of conduit, shall be made to maintain proper headroom. Provide necessary pull-boxes, fittings, etc., required as a result of these transitions and changes in direction.

F. Exposed Work: Conduits shall be installed exposed.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 5 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

G. Conduits and other raceways shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Conduits and raceways run exposed in machinery and equipment rooms shall be installed parallel and perpendicular to the building lines at a height consistent with other building systems conduit and piping in the area, but at a minimum height of 8 feet AFF, except within dedicated equipment space.

H. Damaged galvanized finishes shall be touched-up with an inorganic, zinc-rich paint.

3.6 EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE MARKING

A. Externally mark equipment, and similar items with nameplates and labels having the same designations as indicated on the contract documents.

B. Provide nameplates for transformers, transfer switches, disconnect switches, panelboards, large pull and junction boxes and similar type equipment. Nameplate is to identify power source, device designation, load served and voltage characteristics.

C. Fasten nameplates to the front of equipment only by means of stainless steel self-tapping screws. Stick-on or adhesives will not be allowed unless the NEMA enclosure rating is compromised, then only epoxy adhesive shall be used to attach nameplates.

D. Provide labels for small boxes, snap switches, receptacles and other power outlets.

E. Panelboards: Prepare a neatly typed circuit directory behind clear heat-resistant plastic in a metal frame attached to the inside of the door for each panelboard. Identify circuits by equipment served and by room numbers where room numbers exist. Indicate spares and spaces with light, erasable pencil marking. Adhesive mounted directory pocket is not acceptable.

F. Identify conduits connected to pull, junction and outlet boxes with the circuit numbers for the conductors contained therein.

G. Where more than one circuit is contained in the same pull or junction box, identify the individual phase and neutral conductors with permanent brass tags that show the circuit designation.

H. Boxes and covers containing emergency circuits shall be painted red.

I. Equipment and Raceways Over 600 Volts: Provide “WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE - KEEP OUT” signs on all equipment. With 2-inch-high lettering, mark all pull boxes, junction boxes, and exposed raceways containing conductors installed in this project and operating in excess of 600 volts every 50 feet, and in each room and at each wall or floor penetration, with the words "WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE - ____ VOLTS – CIRCUIT NO._____ (fill in designation such as "GEN-2").

3.7 TESTING

A. Test Conditions: Place circuits and equipment into service under normal and emergency conditions, collectively and separately, as may be necessary to determine satisfactory operation. Perform specified tests in the presence of the ODR. Furnish instruments, wiring, equipment, materials, labor, and personnel required for conducting tests. Demonstrate that the equipment operates in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. Special tests on certain items are specified hereinafter. Where such testing is specified, it shall be performed by an independent testing company, selected by the Owner. Submit copies of test reports to the ODR.

B. Test Dates: Schedule final acceptance sufficiently in advance of the contract date to permit completion of any necessary adjustment or alterations within the number of days allotted for

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 6 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

completion of the contract. Inform the ODR at least 10 working days in advance of test dates and other specification requirements requiring action on the part of the ODR.

C. Retests: If retesting is required due to initial failure, conduct retests of such time duration as may be necessary to assure proper functioning of adjusted or altered parts or items of equipment. Any resultant delay as a result of such necessary retests does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under this contract.

END OF SECTION 26 00 00

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 7 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 19 - INSULATED CONDUCTORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies the furnishing and installation of insulated conductors, 600V and below.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ANSI/UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on the following: 1. 600-volt conductor and terminating materials. 2. Field testing report forms. 3. Field testing reports (after installation and prior to equipment connection)

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 IDENTIFICATION

A. Provide new insulated conductors marked according to NEC Article 310.

2.2 600-VOLT INSULATED CONDUCTORS

A. Size. As shown.

B. Construction. 1. Conductor. Soft-drawn, stranded, annealed copper. 2. Insulation. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, use THWN-2 for general wiring.

C. Use. For general wiring use No. 12 minimum. For field-installed control wiring use No. 14 or larger.

D. All wires shall be stranded copper.

E. Terminations. Provide the following terminals for field wiring: (1) Terminals for #22 - #10 stranded conductors connected to screw terminals: insulated locking fork type; (2) Terminals for #22 - #14 stranded conductors connected to mechanical pressure-type terminals: Insulated male adapters, Panduit DV18- 145M-C and DV14-145M-C or approved equal; (3) Terminals for #12 - #10 stranded conductors connected to mechanical pressure-type terminals: Panduit insulated Ferrule End Sleeves, Panduit FSD series.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Splices. Unless otherwise noted, conductors shall be installed in one continuous length between terminations without splices.

B. Protection. Unless otherwise indicated, mechanically protect conductors for systems by installing in raceways. Do not install the conductors until raceway system is complete and properly cleaned. Use Polywater J cable lubricant when pulling conductors. Do not bend any conductor either permanently or

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

temporarily during installation to radii less than four times the outer diameter of 600-volt insulated conductors. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended values for maximum pulling tension.

C. Terminations. Unless otherwise noted, use pressure-type lugs or connectors for terminations of all stranded conductors. Use ring-tongue type terminators on all control wiring.

D. Appearance. Neatly and securely bundle or cable all conductors in an enclosure using nylon straps with a locking hub or head on one end and a taper on the other.

3.2 600-VOLT INSULATED CONDUCTORS

A. Size. Install conductor sizes as indicated.

B. Color Code. Use factory-colored insulated phase conductors. Use different colors for control conductors.

C. Field Testing. Insulation resistance of all conductors shall be tested. Each conductor shall have its insulation resistance tested after the installation is completed and splices, taps and connections are made except connection to or into its source and point (or points) of termination. Insulation resistance of conductors which are to operate at 600 volts or less shall be tested by using a Biddle Megger of not less than 1000 volts d-c. Insulation resistance of conductors rated at 600 volts shall be free of shorts and grounds and have a minimum resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground of at least 10 megohms. Conductors that do not exceed insulation resistance values listed above shall be removed at Contractor's expense and replaced and test repeated. The Contractor shall furnish all instruments and personnel required for tests, shall tabulate readings observed, and shall forward copies of the test readings to the Owner designated representative (ODR) in accordance with Section 26 00 00. These test reports shall identify each conductor tested, date and time of test and weather conditions. Each test shall be signed by the party making the test.

END OF SECTION 26 05 19

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Power system grounding.

B. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. Design, test, assemble and install grounding and bonding system in conformance to the latest edition of the following applicable industry standards:

B. ANSI/IEEE Std 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.

C. ANSI/UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

D. IEEE 1100 - Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment (IEEE Emerald Book).

E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Ground the separately derived system neutral (transformer), if present.

B. Bond together neutrals, equipment enclosures, exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and receptacle ground connectors.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on the following: 1. Grounding conductors and hardware.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Grounding system components shall be as required to comply with the design and construction of the system indicated.

B. Grounding conductors. 1. Materials. a. Provide 600-volt insulated conductors having a green-colored insulation for grounding electrode and equipment grounding conductors. Use stranded conductors. b. Conduit grounding conductors shall be insulated copper conductor, green in color to size #6 AWG. Insulated conductors larger than #6 AWG shall be same as phase conductors but identified with green tape at each accessible opening or location in raceway. c. Provide bare conductors for bonding jumpers. 2. Listing. UL 83.

GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Connections. 1. Materials. Provide mechanical bolted-type connections utilizing high conductive copper alloy or bronze lugs or clamps. Where required, provide plated connectors that will not cause electrolytic action between the conductor and the connector. 2. Listing. UL 467.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Install ground system as indicated in accordance with the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code.

B. Install grounding conductors continuous, between equipment and grounding electrodes.

C. Size. When grounding and bonding conductors are not sized on drawings, size the conductors in accordance with NEC Table 250-122.

D. In feeder and branch circuits, provide a separate, green, insulated equipment-grounding conductor with the circuit conductors. Bond the grounding conductor to each junction box, pull box, outlet box, auxiliary gutter, wireway, surface metal raceway and transformer, enclosure and other metallic enclosures.

E. Ground each outlet box, pull box, and junction box by the use of a #10-32 machine screw fastened to the tapped hole of the box with an insulated conductor pigtail. For circuits greater than 20 amps, bolts, nuts and washers may be required.

3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

A. Raceway Systems and Equipment Enclosures. 1. Ground cabinets, junction boxes, outlet boxes, raceways, fittings, transformer enclosures, other electrical equipment and metallic enclosures. Ground equipment and enclosures to the continuous-grounded metallic raceway system in addition to any other specific grounding shown. 2. Provide bonding jumpers and grounding conductors throughout to ensure electrical continuity of the grounding system. 3. Provide grounding-type insulated bushings for metal conduits 1-1/2 inches and larger terminating in equipment enclosures containing a ground bus and connect the bushing to the ground bus.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation.

END OF SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Conduit: 1. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. 2. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit and fittings.

B. Boxes: 1. Outlet boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated.

B. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.

C. ANSI/UL 360 – Liquid-tight Flexible Steel Conduit.

D. ANSI/UL 467 – Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

E. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports.

F. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

G. UL 6 – Rigid Metal Conduit.

H. ANSI/NECA 101-2001 – Standard for Installing Steel Conduit.

1.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Handle raceways carefully to avoid damage, breaking, denting and scoring. Damaged equipment or materials shall not be installed.

B. Store raceways in a clean dry space and protected from the weather.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS

A. Conduit and fittings for electrical systems as required for this project shall include the following: 1. Electrical power 2. Controls

B. Rigid metal conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. Fittings, conduit bodies and accessories shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron and shall be threaded type. Contractor’s Option: Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) and compatible fittings.

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Liquid-tight flexible conduit and fittings shall consist of single strip, continuous, flexible interlocked, double-wrapped steel, galvanized inside and outside, forming smooth internal wiring channel with liquid-tight covering of flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC).

D. Bushings for galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be insulated hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Specification Grade Type HB or approved equal.

E. Grounding type bushings for galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be insulated hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Specification Grade Type HBL or approved equal.

F. Bushings for liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be insulated throat hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Type 4 Q-TG or approved equal.

2.2 OUTLET BOXES

A. Provide Type FD Cast Iron outlet boxes as applicable.

2.3 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

A. Boxes for conductors over 600 volts shall be 0.25-inch steel plate hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Boxes to have bolt-on bottom covers. Box sizes are shown on drawings.

B. Unless otherwise indicated boxes shall be galvanized sheet metal with screw-on cover and welded seams, stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers.

C. Unless otherwise indicated boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimension shall be panelboard code gauge galvanized steel with hinged cover.

D. Boxes shall be sized in accordance with NEC unless sizes are indicated on the drawings.

E. Provide nameplates or tapes to identify boxes per Section 26 00 00.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - CONDUIT

A. Install products in accordance with the applicable requirements of NEC and ANSI/NECA 101-2001 except where more stringent or restrictive requirements are specified herein.

B. Install raceway and conduit system from point of origin in outlets shown, complete with offsets, pull boxes, junction boxes and fittings. Minimum conduit size shall be ¾ inch.

C. Install rigid hot-dipped galvanized steel (RGS) conduit except as follows: 1. Liquid-tight. Install liquid-tight flexible metal conduit for connections to rotating, vibrating, moving or movable equipment, including dry-type transformers and emergency generators. Install external ground wire on flexible conduit with grounding bushings. Maximum length shall be 6'-0", minimum to be 2'-0". 2. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC). At Contractor’s option, RAC may be installed in lieu of RGS conduit.

D. Install conduits parallel to building lines, and supported on metal framing channel, trapeze hangers, conduit straps or other devices specifically designed for the purpose. Plastic anchors, wire ties and hanger wire are not permitted. Fasten conduit with the following material: 1. Wood screws on wood 2. Toggle bolts on hollow masonry

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

3. Bolts and expansion anchors in concrete or brick 4. Machine screws, threaded rods and clamps on steel 5. Conduit clips on steel joists.

E. Install conduit exposed.

F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Tape covering conduit ends is not allowed.

G. Provide 200 lb. nylon cord in empty conduit.

H. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, install firestopping material around conduits per Specification Section 7270- Penetration Seals.

I. Where conduits penetrate non-fire-rated walls and floors, seal voids around conduits and where conduits are exposed to view, provide chrome plated floor and ceiling plates properly sized to fit conduits when securely locked in place.

J. Conduit threads that are cut in the field shall be touched-up with an inorganic, zinc-rich paint.

END OF SECTION 26 05 33

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 53

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Nameplates and tape labels. B. Wire and cable markers. C. Conduit color coding and labeling. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (latest edition) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with and in additional to Section 26 00 00, Basic Electrical Requirements, and Division 01for submittal requirement. 1. Furnish nameplate identification schedules listing equipment type and nameplate data with letter sizes and nameplate material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Equipment Nameplates: 1. For normal power electrical equipment, provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates, engraved white letters on a black background. 2. For emergency equipment provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with engraved white letters on a red background. 3. For fire alarm system provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on a yellow background. B. Conductor Color Tape and Heat Shrink: 1. Colored vinyl electrical tape shall be applied perpendicular to the long dimension of the cable or conductor. 2. In applications utilizing tray cable, heat shrinkable tubing shall be used to obtain the proper color coding for the length of the conductor in the cabinet or enclosure. Variations to the cable color coding due to standard types of wire or cables are not acceptable. C. Warning labels: Provide warning labels with black lettering on red background with a minimum of 1/2" lettering. D. Tape Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with minimum 1/4-inch letters for labeling receptacles, switches, control device stations, junction and pull boxes and manual motor starter units, etc. 1. White letters on black background for normal power. 2. White letters on red background for emergency/standby power. 3. J-Box and Cover plate Voltage Labels: Black stenciled letters 1/4" high. Adhesive back tapes may be used if a clear tape is applied over the label for protection. PART 3 - EXECUTION

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

3.1 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates or tape labels. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure plastic nameplates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Use of adhesives shall be per Owner’s approval. Secure nameplate to outside face of flush mounted panelboard doors in finished locations. 3.2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits. Label control wire with number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams or equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. B. Conductors for power circuits to be identified per the following schedule:

Conductor System Voltage 480/277V 208/120V Phase A Brown Black Phase B Purple Red Phase C Yellow Blue Neutral Gray White

Grounding Green Green

3.3 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE A. Provide nameplates of minimum letter height as scheduled below. Nameplates shall be same as equipment names indicated on the Drawings. B. Individual Circuit Breakers in Distribution Panelboards, Disconnect Switches, Motor Starters, and Contactors: 1/4-inch; identify source to device and the load it serves, including location. C. Dry Type Transformers Not in Substations: 3/8-inch; identify equipment designation. 1/4-inch; identify primary and secondary voltages, primary source, and secondary load and location. D. Automatic Transfer Switches: 3/8-inch; white letters and red background; identify equipment designation 1/4-inch; identify voltage rating, normal source, standby source and load served including location. E. Panelboards: 3/8-inch; identify equipment designation. 1/4 -inch; identify source, voltage and bus rating. 3.4 ENCLOSURE COLOR CODING A. The following systems shall have each junction and pull box cover completely painted per the following:

System Color of Box Cover

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

System Color of Box Cover

Emergency Power Red Fire Alarm Yellow

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 3

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 32 12 – GENERATOR LOAD BANK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This specification contains the minimum requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of a UL listed, air-cooled, outdoor weatherproof resistive load bank.

B. The load bank is required for periodic exercising and testing of the (standby) emergency power source. The load bank shall be permanently mounted in a weatherproof enclosure, forced air cooled with remotely mounted control panel.

C. Should the vendor take exception to any part of this specification, it shall be stated in the bid, and referenced to the specification line number.

1.2 STANDARDS

A. The equipment shall comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of NEC, NEMA, and ANSI standards.

B. The load bank shall be listed to UL Standard 508.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. The Load Bank Submittals shall include applicable shop drawings (schematic drawings, outline drawings, technical description, and manufacturer's cut sheet) for each type and size of load bank required.

B. Electrical schematic drawings shall be provided to detail the operation of the load bank and the provided safety circuits. Over-current protection and control devices shall be identified and their ratings marked. A system interconnection drawing shall be included for control wiring related to the load bank.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER

A. Load Banks Direct, LLC of Erlanger, KY, USA or equal by Avtron.

B. Approved equal

2.2 LOAD BANK RATINGS AND DESIGN FEATURES

A. The load bank shall be rated as shown on plans with 25 KW minimum load step resolution provided.

B. The load bank shall be Forced Air-Cooled, rated for continuous operation with integrally mounted blower motors with high-performance, direct-driven fan blades to deliver the required airflow volume (CFM) for cooling load elements.

C. The load bank shall include an integral voltage control power transformer to deliver the necessary 120 Volt AC required for control circuit operation.

D. The load bank shall include a (LOCAL or REMOTE) operator control panel including Emergency Stop (E-STOP) push button, Main Power On/Off switch, Blower Start/Stop push buttons, Fan-Phase

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Reversal switch (ABC-OFF-ACB), Master Load On/Off switch, and Individual Load Step switches (KW On/Off) provided for each load step. Illuminated indicators provided for Power On, Blower On, Motor Overload, Air-Flow Failure, Over-Temperature, and Load Dump.

E. The load bank shall include a fully equipped, 3-phase Digital Metering System that measures a standard range of 16 load parameters including 3-phase, Volts, Amps, Frequency and Power Functions and includes RS485 communication (Modbus protocol) for remote reading - compatible with PC, PLC, and data loggers.

F. The load bank shall include resistor load elements to provide the necessary KW load rating for each load step. are fully supported across their entire length within the air stream by stainless steel support rods which are insulated with heavy-duty, high-temperature ceramic insulators. Change in resistance is minimized by maintaining conservative resistor designs.

G. The load bank shall include an automatic Load Level Controller. Load Level Control provides automatic load regulation by sensing the downstream connected load and adjusting the amount of supplemental load (load bank steps) applied. Automatic Load Level Controller adds and subtracts Load Bank load in response to dynamic power fluctuations in the connected facility load. It utilizes the Load Bank as a “supplemental load” for maintaining a minimum load on the power source.

2.3 LOAD BANK OPERATOR PROTECTION AND SAFETY FEATURES

A. The load bank shall include a Control Power Emergency-Stop (E-STOP) push button to disable control power voltage to all operator control power circuits, including blower circuit and load application circuits.

B. The load bank shall include visual detection and display of Main Power On, Blower Motor On, Motor Overload, Air-Flow Failure, Over-Temperature and Load Dump on the Operator Control Panel.

C. The load bank shall include branch circuit fuse protection provides short-circuit fault protection of all load steps. Fuses shall be fast-acting, current-limiting type with an interrupting rating of 200K A.I.C.

D. The load bank blower motors shall be short-circuit protected by current-limiting fuses and thermally protected by overload relays.

E. The load bank shall include differential air pressure switch(es) to provide protection from loss of cooling air or insufficient airflow. The switch(es) will automatically remove all load if an airflow problem is detected and lock-out the load application controls.

F. The load bank shall include over-temperature switch(es) to monitor load bank exhaust temperature. The switch(es) will automatically remove all load if an over-temperature condition is detected and lock- out the load application controls.

G. The load bank shall include appropriate operator warning and cautionary statements, labels, or signage located visibly on the access panels.

2.4 LOAD BANK CONSTRUCTION

A. The load bank enclosure shall be constructed of galvanized steel with powder coat paint finish with exterior stainless steel fasteners. Bolt on access panels shall provide a dead-front enclosure, safely enclosing all electrical and mechanical connections.

B. The load bank shall be designed for installation and operation in an outdoor environment with sufficient fresh intake air available. The enclosure shall be designed for direct mounting to a customer supplied concrete pad.

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction IMM Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. The load bank cooling airflow shall be drawn in from the screened air-intake sides, with hot air vertically exhausted from the top of the unit away from personnel. Low-profile, stainless steel exhaust air-gravity louvers shall be provided for superior all-weather protection.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The load bank manufacturer shall have a formal written Quality Policies Manual outlining their quality management system. This manual shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.

B. The load bank shall be provided with a detailed Instruction and Maintenance Manual outlining the proper operation, installation, environmental, safety precautions, and maintenance of the load bank. This manual shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.

C. The load bank shall be fully tested by a trained factory technician prior to shipment. Each load step shall be calibrated and tested at rated voltage with voltage and current measurements recorded. Additional tests shall include resistance tolerance testing, applied potential (hi-pot) testing per IEEE standards, and verification of all safety circuits and operator control circuits. Blower circuit shall be tested at rated voltage for proper operation. Upon completion, load bank test data shall be made available to the purchaser upon request. After load bank is installed on site and connected to the existing generator, it shall be tested again at all load step levels up to the full load output. The full load output shall be tested for a minimum of 30 minutes. In addition, the load dump circuit shall be tested for proper operation. Provide a report to the Owner following the test.

D. Install load bank on a 18” concrete pad. Install load bank per manufacturer’s instructions.

END OF SECTION 26 32 12-

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 3

THE UNIVERSITY of TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER AT HOUSTON SON LOAD BANK ADDITION Houston, Texas

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

FEBRUARY 15, 2016 PROJECT SITE

DRAWING LIST CS COVER SHEET Shah Smith & associates, inc. E-001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS houston/austin/dallas/college station E-010 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E-100 ELECTRICAL BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN - SPH Tx. Registation no. F-2113 E-101 ELECTRICAL GROUND FLOOR PLAN - CENTRAL PLANT E-102 ELECTRICAL 2ND FLOOR PLAN - CENTRAL PLANT E N G I N E E R ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE AND CONTROL SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS

SURGE SUPRESSOR, METAL OXIDE DELTA CONNECTED CONTROL RELAY A,AMP AMPERES H HOT RAC RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT VARISTOR (MOV) MAXIMUM AC ALTERNATING CURRENT, AIR HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE RCPT RECEPTACLE COMPRESSOR HMT HARMONIC MITIGATING TRANSFORMER RE REFER TO, REGARDING, REFERENCE CONTINUOUS OPERATING VOLTAGE OPEN DELTA CONNECTED 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 CONTACT, NORMALLY OPEN ACC AIR COOLED CHILLER HOA HAND OFF AUTOMATIC RFAP REMOTE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM (MCOV) AS NOTED Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 WYE CONNECTED AD AIR DRYER HP HORSEPOWER PANEL CONTACT, NORMALLY CLOSED AF AMPERE FRAME HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 POWER TRANSFORMER GROUND AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR HRG HIGH RESISTANCE GROUND RL RAISE-LOWER AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR RMS ROOT MEAN SQUARE INDICATING LAMP, COLOR AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT CONDITIONING ROP REVERSE OSMOSIS PUMP GROUNDED WYE R MOLDED OR INSULATED AS NOTED, R RED, G AIC AMPERES INTERRUPTING CAPACITY HWC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP RS RAPID START CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTIVE RELAY FUNCTION, GREEN, A AMBER, W WHITE AL ALUMINUM HWP HEATING WATER PUMP RTD RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE ANSI DESIGNATION AS NOTED ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL DETECTOR AT AMPERE TRIP I/O INPUT/OUTPUT RVAT REDUCED-VOLTAGE AUTO CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH SELECTOR SWITCH ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH IG ISOLATED GROUND TRANSFORMER ST SHUNT TRIP COIL K KEY INTERLOCK AUX AUXILIARY IR INFRARED OFF AV AUDIO VISUAL IRR IRRIGATION SCADA SUPERVISORY CONTROL & DATA DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON-FUSIBLE SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE SELECTOR SWITCH, HAND AUTO AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE IS INSTANT START ACQUISITION HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC SCH SCHEDULE SPACE HEATER B BOILER JB JUNCTION BOX SCHP SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSIBLE BF BALLAST FACTOR JP JOCKEY PUMP SEP SEWAGE EJECTOR PUMP BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM SF SUPPLY FAN DM DIGITAL MULTI-METER ON OFF BCP BOILER CONTROL PANEL K KILO, THOUSAND SHLD SHIELDED FUSE SELECTOR SWITCH, ON-OFF BFP BOILER FEEDWATER PUMP KA KILOAMPERES SP SUMP PUMP M METER BKR BREAKER KAIC THOUSAND AMPERES INTERRUPTING SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE NORMALLY OPEN PUSHBUTTON, BLDG BUILDING CAPACITY SPDT SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW TRANSFER SWITCH GENERATOR THREE BFDF BOILER FORCED DRAFT FAN KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW MOMENTARY CONTACT PHASE SIZE AS NOTED BIDF BOILER INDUCED DRAFT FAN KV KILOVOLT SPF STAIRWELL PRESSURIZATION FAN NORMALLY CLOSED PUSHBUTTON, KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES SS STAINLESS STEEL CURRENT TRANSFORMER MOTOR, THREE-PHASE, CL CENTERLINE KW KILOWATT SSOL SOLID STATE OVER LOAD MAINTAINED CONTACT HP AS NOTED C CONDUIT KWH KILOWATT-HOUR STD STANDARD CAFSS CLEAN AGENT FIRE SUPPRESSION STP SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CURRENT SYSTEM LTG LIGHTING SW SWITCH TRANSFORMER, ZERO TWO SPEED MOTOR PUSHBUTTON, CAOP CHILLER AUXILIARY OIL PUMP LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR SWBD SWITCHBOARD SEQUENCE - HP AS NOTED MAINTAINED CONTACT CATV CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SWGR SWITCHGEAR VOLTAGE OR POWER TRANSFORMER MOTOR, SINGLE PHASE, CB CIRCUIT BREAKER LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE SYM SYMMETRICAL M HP AS NOTED CCP CHILLER CONTROL PANEL LP LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYNCH SYNCHRONOUS 1/4 PANELBOARD CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM LR LOCAL-REMOTE CDP CONDENSATE PUMP LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPERES TELECOM TELECOMMUNICATIONS CH CHILLER LS LONG TIME, SHORT TIME TOP TURBINE OIL PUMP VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE CP CONTROL PANEL CHP CHILLED WATER PUMP LSI LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, TSP TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR CKT CIRCUIT INSTANTANEOUS TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER CLG CEILING LSG LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, GROUND SUPPRESSOR CONNECTION POINT CMH COMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE LSIG LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, TYP TYPICAL COAX COAXIAL CABLE INSTANTANEOUS, GROUND CONT CONTINUATION LI LONG TIME, INSTANTANEOUS UG UNDERGROUND OVERLOAD EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE COORD COORDINATION/COORDINATE LIG LONG TIME, INSTANTANEOUS, UH UNIT HEATER CP CONTROL PANEL GROUND UL UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CSU COLLEGE STATION UTILITIES mA MILLIAMPS UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY CONTACTOR COIL VS VIBRATION SWITCH CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER, COOLING MAX MAXIMUM UTP UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR TOWER MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER CTF COOLING TOWER FAN MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER V VOLTS CTR CONTROLLER MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR VA VOLT AMPERES CU COPPER, CONDENSING UNIT MECH MECHANICAL VAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRECT ELECTRICAL PLAN SYMBOLS CV CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT MFAP MAIN FIRE DETECTION & ALARM VAR VOLT AMPERES REACTIVE CWP CONDENSER WATER PUMP PANEL VDC VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT LUMINAIRE SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SUBSCRIPT IS DEFINED AS FOLLOWS: X LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT MFR MANUFACTURER VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE a a = NEMA 6-30R DA DEAERATOR MH METAL HALIDE VP VACUUM PUMP b = 480V, 3-PHASE PLUS GND, 50A, HUBBELL #CS8165C, OAS PANELBOARD - SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE DATACOM DATA AND/OR COMMUNICATION MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY VT VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER X c = NEMA 15-30R LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT DB DUCT BANK MOV METAL OXIDE VARISTOR VV VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT PANELBOARD - FLUSH MOUNTED DC DIRECT CURRENT MTD MOUNTED LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE X Y DCS DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM MV-90, 105 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE 90 C, 105C W WIRE DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL MVA MEGA VOLT AMPERES W/ WITH POWER/DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD DEMO DEMOLITION MW MEGA WATTS WG WIRE GUARD LUMINAIRE - WALL WASH QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE X Y - SURFACE MOUNTED DIP DEIONIZED WATER PUMP WH WATER HEATER DIV DIVISION N, NEU NEUTRAL WP WEATHERPROOF SINGLE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX X TRACK LIGHTING SYSTEM Y POWER/DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD DPDT DOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW NC NORMALLY CLOSED - FLUSH MOUNTED DPST DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE XFMR TRANSFORMER SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL PURPOSE MOUNTED DWG DRAWING NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL 2'X4' LUMINAIRE X Y FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX DWP DOMESTIC WATER PUMP MANUFACTURER'S Y WYE ASSOCIATION 2'X4' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER EMERGENCY PANELBOARD-FLUSH MOUNTED E, EM EMERGENCY NIC NOT IN CONTRACT Z IMPEDANCE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 X Y EA EACH NO NORMALLY OPEN GROUND ROD EC EMPTY CONDUIT # NUMBER No. Description Date 1'X4' LUMINAIRE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX X Y EDF ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN NTS NOT TO SCALE GROUNDING SYSTEM TEST WELL EF EXHAUST FAN Keyplan Y SUBSCRIPT DENOTES 1'X4' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER EG EQUIPMENT GROUND OAS OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTION X EGP ELECTRONIC GRADE PANEL OCPD OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE WP WEATHERPROOF LIGHTNING PROTECTION AIR TERMINAL ELS EMERGENCY LIFE SAFETY OC ON CENTER GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER X LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR IG ISOLATED GROUND EMT ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING INSTALLED DM DIGITAL MULTI-METER E EMERGENCY EPR ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE RUBBER OFOI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED - EMERGENCY POWER X CM MOUNTED FLUSH IN CEILING OR EIWH ELECTRIC INSTANT WATER HEATER INSTALLED SURFACE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE CONTINUATION EXIST EXISTING OH OVERHEAD STRIP LUMINAIRE OL OVERLOAD X OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL MOUNTED - DUAL TECHNOLOGY CONDUIT EXPOSED FA FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM FCU FAN COIL UNIT P POLE STRIP LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER X FCV FAN-CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL PA PUBLIC ADDRESS OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR CEILING MOUNTED EMERGENCYCONDUIT EMBEDDED PANELBOARD-SURFACE MOUNTED -360° COVERAGE - DUAL TECHNOLOGY UNIT PB PULL BOX 2'X2' LUMINAIRE CONDUIT CAPPED FLA FULL LOAD AMPS PCHP PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP FO FIBER OPTIC(S) PDU POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT X LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR CONDUIT TURNED DOWN FP FIRE PUMP PF POWER FACTOR Tx. Registration # F-2113 FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER PFCC POWER FACTOR CORRECTION 2'X2' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER OF T TE EX LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL CONDUIT TURNED UP FUT FUTURE CAPACITOR A A X T S FVNR FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING PH PHASE S TWIN HEAD WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY HOMERUN - ONE PHASE - ONE NEUTRAL, FVV FAN-VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL PIR PASSIVE INFRARED LUMINAIRE - BATTERY OPERATED J JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, WALL MOUNTED DOUGLAS B. BELISLE X ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR UNIT PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER P 80083 R PMH POWER MANHOLE R E O L F IC ED E J JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, CEILING MOUNTED GAOP GEAR AUXILIARY OIL PUMP PMT PAD MOUNT E ENS I N S POLE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE HOMERUN - TWO PHASE, ZERO, ONE S NG X GEN GENERATOR PNL PANELBOARD ION L E OR TWO NEUTRAL AS SCHEDULED BY TICK 2/15/2016 A JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, FLUSH MOUNTED IN FLOOR GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT PS PROGRAMMED START J MARKS, ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR LUMINAIRE FLUSH MOUNTED OR FLOORBOX AS NOTED ON PLANS INTERRUPTER PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE X GFEP GROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT PVC-RGS PVC COATED RIGID GALVANIZED HOMERUN - THREE PHASE, ZERO, ONE PROTECTION STEEL CONDUIT LUMINAIRE FLUSH MOUNTED - EMERGENCY POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON FUSIBLE, 30A, 3P UON X OR THREE NEUTRAL AS SCHEDULED BY TICK G, GND GROUND UT HEALTH SCIENCE MARKS, ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR GRAP GENERATOR REMOTE EXIT SIGN WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSIBLE, 30A, 3P UON ANNUNCIATOR PANEL CENTER X AS INDICATED SHADING INDICATES M MOTOR SINGLE PHASE - HP AS NOTED GWH GAS-FIRED WATER HEATER 1 NUMBER OF FACES & CONFIGURATION STARTER, NEMA SIZE '1' UON /6

X EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED COMBINATION SWITCH STARTER, NEMA SIZE '1' UON 20 MOTOR THREE PHASE - HP AS NOTED SUBSCRIPT DENOTES X LETTER DENOTES TYPE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER CB TYPE AND SIZE AS NOTED TWO SPEED MOTOR - HP AS NOTED UTHSC LOAD BANK DIRECTION ARROW FOR EXIT SIGN R DIRECTION ARROW FOR EXIT SIGN RELAY INSTALLATION SON GENERATOR THREE PHASE SIZE AS NOTED S SINGLE POLE SNAP SWITCH PUSH BUTTON 1095-026-01 S3 THREE WAY SNAP SWITCH K KIRK KEY INTERLOCK LP LIGHTNING PROTECTION CONDUCTOR ELECTRICAL LEGEND S FOUR WAY SNAP SWITCH 4 BUZZER G GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SYMBOLS AND SK KEY OPERATED SNAP SWITCH BELL SD MANUAL DIMMER SWITCH ABBREVIATIONS T SINGLE POLE HP RATED MOTOR TRANSFORMER SM SSA Project Number DISCONNECT SWITCHRAISE/LOWER SWITCH 1095-026-01 EXISTING PANELBOARD Date S RAISE/LOWER SWITCH SURFACE MOUNTED 02-15-2016

C:\Revit\1095-026-01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt RL Designed By S LOCAL ROOM CONTROL FOR DIMMING EXISTING PANELBOARD DEL LC FLUSH MOUNTED AND/OR LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. Checked By DBB ST MANUAL TIMER SWITCH - O - 2 HOUR Drawing No. S SINGLE POLE SNAP SWITCH WITH WEATHERPROOF WP COVER E-001 Scale NO SCALE 2/15/2016 11:29:43 AM 11:29:43 2/15/2016 GENERAL NOTES A. RENOVATION ITEMS SHOWN BOLD ARE NEW. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 B. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113

KEYED NOTES - E-010 # EXISTING NATURAL GAS GEN - SON EXISTING NATURAL GAS GEN - SPH 1 CONNECT NEW FEEDER TO EXISTING LUGS IN 750KW/937KVA, 480Y/277V, 0.8 P.F, NATURAL GAS 800KW/1000KVA, 480Y/277V, 0.8 P.F, NATURAL GAS TAP BOX TO SERVE NEW LOAD BANK.

G G

1200A 3P 1600A LSI 3P LSI

EXISTING EMERGENCY SWBD MSBE EXISTING EMERGENCY SWBD EHDPA 1200A, MLO 480Y/277V, 3 PH, 4W - SEE E-102 1600A, MLO 480Y/277V, 3 PH, 4W - SEE E-101

225A 1200A 1600AF 3P 3P 300A 1200AT 3P 3P

EMERGENCY ATS: ATS-1 EMERGENCY ATS: ATS-EA 225A, 480Y/277V, 4P TO LOAD 400A, 480Y/277V, 4P ON 2ND FLOOR TO LOAD ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 BANK CONTROLLER ON BASEMENT FLOOR BANK CONTROLLER No. Description Date E N E N 4-3-1/2"C, EA. W/ Keyplan 4-350KCMIL AUX NORMAL 1#3/0 G AUX NORMAL 4-3-1/2"C, EA. W/ 4-350KCMIL AUX EMERG 1#3/0 G AUX EMERG

GEN START GEN START

LOAD DUMP LOAD DUMP 2#14 2#14 3/4"C 3/4"C EXISTING EXISTING Tx. Registration # F-2113 OF T TE EX LOAD BANK A A LOAD BANK T S S TAP BOX TAP BOX TO TO DOUGLAS B. BELISLE EMERGENCY SEE E-101 SEE E-101 P EMERGENCY 80083 R R E PANEL O L PANEL F IC ED E E ENS I N S S NG 2/15/2016 IONAL E

TB1 TB2 1 UT HEALTH SCIENCE 1 CENTER

4-3-1/2"C, EA, W/ 4-3-1/2"C, EA, W/ 4-350KCMIL 4-350KCMIL 1 #3/0 GND 1 #3/0 GND UTHSC LOAD BANK INSTALLATION SON 1095-026-01

LOAD BANKS DIRECT LS750 LOAD BANKS DIRECT LS750 750KW/480V,3PH,3W ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE 750KW/480V,3PH,3W LOAD BANK LOAD BANK DIAGRAM

ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - SON LOAD BANK ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - SPH LOAD BANK SSA Project Number 1095-026-01 ADDITION ADDITION Date 02-15-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt 1 NO SCALE 2 NO SCALE Designed By DEL Checked By DBB Drawing No. E-010 Scale As indicated 2/15/2016 11:29:49 AM 11:29:49 2/15/2016 2/15/2016 11:29:54 AM C:\Revit\1095-026-01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt 1 MECHANICAL ROOM 1 1/8" = 1'-0" ELECTRICAL BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN - SPH SUBSTATION ROOM BASEMENT UNIT

G Z

7+ŒFIK 8+ŒFIK

L

8+ŒFIK EXISTING TRANSFER SWITCH EA. 1 B. A. GENERAL NOTES EXISTING CONDITIONS. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING TO KEYED NOTES - E-100 1/8" = 1'-0" 0' 8' # NORTH 16' Plan Keyplan S c a le Drawing No. Checked By Designed By Date SSA Project Number Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 Ph. 713.780.7563Fax.713.780.9209 2825Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 o ecito Date Description No. ELECTRICAL BASEMENT UT HEALTH SCIENCE INSTALLATION SON UTHSC LOAD BANK FLOOR PLAN - SPH 2/15/2016 SUDFRCNTUTO 02/15/2016ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION

1095-026-01 CENTER

Tx. Registration # F-2113

P DOUGLAS B. BELISLE R

O

F E S

T

S A

S

L T

I

I E

O C

800 83

N E O

A

N

F F

L S

E-100

T

E T

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

E D E

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

N X

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A G A

S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S I N S E E 1095-026-01 R As indicated 02-15-2016 DBB DEL GENERAL NOTES A. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. V D B. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH

L EXISTING CONDITIONS. 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 D

R Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209

@ Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 KEYED NOTES - E-101 #

A

- … Rbgnnk…ne 1 EXISTING TAP BOX FOR LOAD BANK. B E 2 EXISTING ATS IN BASEMENT BELOW, SEE

M Otakhb…Gd`ksg N SHEET E-100.

N … 3 EXISTING EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD EHDPA.

B D

F

C

2 D

F HM C @ J N B K N C

NEW LOAD BANK W/4" REINFORCED CONCRETE PAD

6 7

NEW CONDUIT NEW AND CONDUCTORS CONCRETE BOLLARDS 3

EHDPA 1

TB2

@

@-4 K D R @-6 D CHMHMF H MJ 025 C @ S ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 A No. Description Date

Keyplan

A-2

SON RDQUDQX BUILDING 026 NEW CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS MOUNTED TO 1 WALL TB1

B Tx. Registration # F-2113

CENTRAL OF T TE EX A A T S PLANT S

DOUGLAS B. BELISLE DLDQFDMBX BUILDING P 80083 R R FDMDQ@SNQ E O L F IC ED E R1/6 E ENS I N B-3 S S NG IONAL E B-4 2/15/2016 NEEHBD NEW LOAD BANK 03/ W/4" REINFORCED CONCRETE PAD UT HEALTH SCIENCE JHSBGDM EXISTING UT 5KV 027 SWITCHGEAR CENTER CQX RSNQ@FD ED 028 C V@SDQ RELIANT RELIANT GD@SDQ TECO ACCESS ENERGY ENERGY VACUUM R1/8 TO TRANSFORMER SQ@MRENQLDQ VALVE STATION BREAKER R10/ UTHSC LOAD BANK BNQQHCNQ OTLO RS@HQ 031 I@M- QNNL R6 INSTALLATION SON 030 R1/5 R1/4 1095-026-01

C-6 DKDBSQHB@K TMHRDW RS@HQ QNNL ELECTRICAL GROUND SNHKDS R3 R1/7 033 006 FLOOR PLAN - CENTRAL PLANT D

RS@MCOHOD B@MNOX…@ANUD…SN SSA Project Number BKNRDS RDQUHBD 1095-026-01 AKCF,…QD9…@0@0// 032 Date 02-15-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt ELECTRICAL GROUND FLOOR PLAN - CENTRAL Plan Designed By DEL Checked By 6-6 PLANT DBB 1 1/8" = 1'-0" NORTH Drawing No. 6 7 E-101 0' 8' 16' Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/8" = 1'-0" 2/15/2016 11:29:13 AM 11:29:13 2/15/2016 KEYED NOTES - E-102 # 1 EXISTING TRANSFER SWITCH ATS-1.

2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113

EXISTING 480V, NATURAL ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 GAS FIRED GENERATOR 800KW FOR SPH No. Description Date

R1/6 Keyplan EXISTING 480V, NATURAL GAS FIRED GENERATOR 750KW FOR SON

ED V@SDQ GD@SDQ R1/8 SQ@MRENQLDQ R10/ Tx. Registration # F-2113

OF T OTLO TE EX RS@HQ A A T S QNNL R6 S R1/5 R1/4 DOUGLAS B. BELISLE

P 80083 R R MSBE E O L F IC ED E E ENS I N DKDBSQHB@K S G SI N QNNL 2/15/2016 ONAL E R1/7

ATS-1 1 UT HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER

UTHSC LOAD BANK INSTALLATION SON 1095-026-01 ELECTRICAL 2ND FLOOR ELECTRICAL 2ND FLOOR PLAN - CENTRAL PLAN - CENTRAL PLANT PLANT 1 1/8" = 1'-0" SSA Project Number 1095-026-01 Date 02-15-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt Plan Designed By DEL Checked By DBB NORTH Drawing No. E-102 0' 8' 16' Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/8" = 1'-0" 2/15/2016 11:29:18 AM 11:29:18 2/15/2016 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

PROFESSIONAL SEALS PAGE

The following Documents and Specifications have been prepared by or under the direct supervision of the Engineer.

ENGINEER

Shah Smith & Associates, Inc 2825 Wilcrest, Suite 350 Houston, Texas 77042 Telephone: 713-780-7563 Contact: Douglas Belisle, PE Electronic Mail: [email protected] 2/16/2016

DIVISION 26 No. of Pages Section 26 00 00 Basic Electrical Requirements ...... 6 Section 26 05 19 Insulated Conductors ...... 2 Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding...... 2 Section 26 05 33 Raceway, Conduit and Boxes...... 3 Section 26 05 53 Electrical Identification ...... 3 Section 26 32 12 Generator Load Bank...... 3

Table of Contents THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 00 00 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. General and Supplementary General Conditions and special conditions are specifically applicable to all Division 26 Sections.

B. The Drawings are necessarily diagrammatic by their nature, and are not intended to show every connection in detail or every device or raceway in its exact location. The Contractor shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions and shall coordinate the work in order to avoid interference between the various elements of work. Work shall be organized and laid out to coordinate with existing structures. Work shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building unless otherwise noted or indicated.

C. The intent of the drawings is to establish the types of systems and functions, but not to set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system. Electrical drawings are generally diagrammatic and show approximate location and extent of work. The drawings and specifications are cooperative, and work and/or materials called for in one and not mentioned in the other shall be provided. Install the work complete, including minor details necessary to perform the function indicated. Review pertinent drawings and adjust the work to conditions shown. Where discrepancies occur between drawings, specifications, and actual field conditions, immediately notify the Owner’s designated representative (ODR) for a resolution.

D. All dimensional information related to new structures shall be taken from the appropriate Drawings. All dimensional information related to existing facilities shall be taken from actual measurements made by the Contractor on the site.

E. Outlet and Equipment Locations. Coordinate the actual locations of electrical outlets and equipment with building features and equipment as indicated on architectural, structural, and electrical drawings. Review with the ODR any proposed changes in outlet or equipment location. Relocation of outlets before installation, of up to 5 feet from the position indicated, may be directed without additional cost. Remove and relocate outlets placed in an unsuitable location, when so requested by the ODR, at no additional cost.

F. Core Drilling. Core drilled openings shall be spaced 8" apart (measured centerline to centerline) for conduits 2" and smaller and 12" apart for conduits larger than 2". Penetrations shall be firestopped with a UL listed product in accordance with NEC Paragraph 300.21. See Section 07270 regarding sealing of penetrations.

G. Regulatory Requirements. The “Authority Having Jurisdiction” is the ODR, as an agency of the State of Texas. The installations shall comply with the requirements of the latest editions of the listed codes and standards at the date of issue of the construction documents.

1.2 NEW WORK

A. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following principal systems and equipment: 1. 480/277 volt distribution.

1.3 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Standards of the following organizations, as well as those listed in Division 1, may be referenced in this specification.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. Association of Edison Illuminating Cos. (AEIC) 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 4. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 7. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 9. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). 10. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA). 11. International Electrical Testing Association (INETA). 12. Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (MFMA). 13. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA).

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulations: Work, materials and equipment shall comply with the latest rules and regulations specified in the reference codes and standards in the previous paragraph.

B. Discrepancies: The drawings and specifications are intended to comply with listed codes, ordinances, regulations and standards. Where discrepancies occur, immediately notify the ODR in writing and ask for an interpretation. Should installed materials or workmanship fail to comply, the Contractor is responsible for correcting the improper installation. Additionally, where sizes, capacities, or other such features are required in excess of minimum code or standards requirements, provide those specified or shown.

C. Where differences within or between laws, code and standards exist, the law, code or standard having the most stringent requirement shall govern.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contractor Qualifications: An acceptable Contractor for the work under this division must have personnel with experience, training and skill to provide a practical working system. The Contractor shall furnish acceptable evidence of having installed not less than three systems of size and type comparable to this project. All personnel installing equipment under this Division shall possess valid City of Houston licenses for their skill level.

1.6 AUTOMATED EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS

A. Equipment and control systems where applicable, should match, integrate, communicate or coordinate with existing systems, such as building automation, switchgear, breakers, transformers, etc.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal requirements are described in the Conditions of the Contract and in Section 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. Furnish submittals for the items listed in the individual Sections.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Conditions: Provide new products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. Provide the manufacturer's latest standard design for the type of product specified.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Products shall be U.S. made, ODR reserves the right to approve or disapprove products of foreign manufacture.

B. NEC and UL: Products shall conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code. Where Underwriters' Laboratories have set standards, listed products and issued labels, products used shall be listed and labeled by UL.

C. Space Limitations: Equipment selected shall conform to the building features and shall be coordinated with them. Do not provide equipment that will not suit arrangement and space limitations.

D. Factory Finish: Equipment shall be delivered with a hard surface, factory-applied finish so that no additional field painting is required except for touch-up. Repaired finishes shall be equal to factory finishes in durability, corrosion protection, color and sheen.

2.2 NAMEPLATES AND DEVICE MARKING

A. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic 1-inch high, 3 inches long, 3/32-inch thick with 3/16-inch high Roman Gothic letters. For devices on normal power, letters shall be white on black background. For devices on emergency power, letters shall be white on red background. Provide blank nameplates for spare units and spaces. Attach nameplates only with stainless steel screws.

B. Where it is impractical to affix nameplates to devices, (e.g. small boxes, snap switches, receptacles, conduits, conductors, etc.), provide labels from ½-inch wide clear plastic tape with adhesive backing. Letters shall be ¼-inch high, black for devices on normal power and red for devices on emergency power. Tape shall be Brother Type “P-Touch” or approved equal.

C. Provide nameplates and labels for devices as listed in the individual Sections.

2.3 HARDWARE

A. Bolts, nuts, washers, fasteners and other hardware used to set or support equipment and devices shall be either hot-dipped galvanized steel, malleable iron, suitable stainless steel, or suitable non- ferrous metal.

B. Hardware for terminations at transformers, grounding buses, etc. and for terminations of conductors greater than 600V shall have minimum of SAE Grade 5 carbon steel hex head cap screws with two flat washers, a split-ring lock washer and a Grade 5 hex nut (all zinc plated).

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Install electrical systems in accordance with the latest issue of the ANSI/NECA “Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction” except where more stringent or restrictive requirements are specified herein.

B. The manufacturer's published directions shall be followed in the delivery, storage, protection, installation, and wiring of equipment and material. The Contractor shall promptly notify the ODR, in writing, of any conflict between the requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturers' directions, and shall obtain instructions from him before proceeding with the work. Should the Contractor perform any such work that does not comply with the manufacturers' directions or such instructions from the ODR, he shall bear all costs arising in connection with the deficiencies. UL listed products are to be installed in accordance with their listing and any applicable UL Guide information for the product’s Category Code.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Supervision: 1. Contractor of the work under this Division shall keep a competent superintendent or foreman on the job at all times. 2. It shall be the responsibility of such superintendent to review the Contract Documents and familiarize himself with the work and coordinate his work with other trades and before material is fabricated or installed, make sure that his work will not cause an interference with another trade. Where interferences are encountered, they shall be resolved at the job site by the Contractor. Where interferences cannot be resolved without major changes to the Drawings, the matter shall be referred to the ODR for resolution.

D. Site Observation: 1. Site observation will be by the ODR, the Owners technical staff and the Architect/Engineer and is for the express purpose of verifying compliance by the Contractor with the Contract Documents, and shall not be construed as construction supervision nor indication of approval of the manner or location in which the work is being performed as being a safe practice or place.

E. Existing Facilities: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him and his workmen, and shall be responsible for repairing or replacing such loss or damage. The Contractor shall send proper notices, make necessary arrangements, and perform other services required for the care, protection and in service maintenance of electrical services for the new and existing facilities. The Contractor shall erect temporary barricades, with necessary safety devices, as required to protect personnel from injury, removing such temporary protection upon completion of the work. 2. The Contractor shall provide temporary or new services to existing facilities as required to maintain their proper operation when normal services are disrupted as a result of the work being accomplished under this project. 3. Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing utilities, Contractor shall remove doors, piping, conduit, outlet boxes, wiring, light fixtures, air conditioning ductwork and equipment, etc., to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon completion of work in the areas affected. 4. Where partitions, walls, floors, or ceilings of existing construction are to be removed, Contractor shall remove and reinstall in locations approved by the ODR all devices required for the operation of the various systems installed in the existing construction. This is to include, but is not limited to control wiring, pneumatic tubing, and piping for temperature controls, temperature control system devices, electrical switches, relays, fixtures, piping, conduit, etc. 5. Outages of services as required by the new installation will be permitted but only at a time approved by the ODR. The Contractor shall allow the ODR two weeks to schedule required outages. The time allowed for outages will not be during normal working hours unless otherwise approved by the ODR. All costs of outages, including overtime charges, shall be included in the contract amount.

3.2 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT

A. Moisture: During construction, protect switchgear, transformers, control equipment, and other items from insulation moisture absorption and metallic component corrosion by appropriate use of strip heaters, lamps or other suitable means. Apply protection immediately upon receiving the products, and maintain continually.

B. Clean: Keep products clean by elevating above ground or floor and by using suitable coverings.

C. Damage: Take such precautions as are necessary to protect apparatus and materials from damage. Failure to protect materials is sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or material in question.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 4 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

D. Finish: Protect factory finish from damage during construction operations until acceptance of the project. Satisfactorily restore any finishes that become stained or damaged.

3.3 RENTAL GENERATOR REMOVAL

A. The Contractor shall remove the rental genset from the roof. The Contractor shall lower the generator from the roof, and transport them to the rental suppliers location.

B. In addition to removing rental genset, the Contractor shall remove all conductors associated the unit. The contractor shall also remove/re-route conduit associated with the unit per plans. The contractor shall also remove any lightning protecton system installed on the unit or connected to the unit. Seal weathertight all roof penetrations after removal of the genset.

3.4 GENERATOR INSTALLATION

A. The generator and all of its associated appurtenances shall be transported to the site, and lifted onto the roof. This installation shall be done on the same day as the removal of the rental genset in order to minimize road closures.

B. In addition to lifting the generator, the Contractor is to install all appurtenances to the generator in accordance with the manufacturer’s direction. These appurtenances include but are not limited to the muffler, vibration isolators, flex connection between the engine and muffler, exhaust pipe from muffler, and battery starting system. The generator vendor will provide start-up services.

C. The Contractor shall submit, four weeks prior to the installation, an installation schedule and sequence for review. The contractor is responsible for obtaining any and all permits required for street closures, etc., associated with the generator installation.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. Cooperation with Other Trades: Cooperate with trades of adjacent, related or affected materials or operations, and with trades performing continuations of this work to effect timely and accurate placing of work and to bring together, in proper and correct sequence, the work of such trades. Provide to other trades, as required, necessary templates, patterns, setting plans and shop details for the proper installation of the work and for the purpose of coordinating adjacent work. Verify electrical characteristics of equipment before roughing in the electrical connections.

B. Setting of Equipment: Equipment must be leveled and set plumb. Sheet metal enclosures mounted against a wall must be separated from the wall not less than 1/4 inch by means of metal spacers or by 3 inches of air for freestanding units.

C. Sealing of Equipment: Seal openings into equipment to prevent entrance of insects.

D. Support: Conduits and other raceways shall be adequately and properly supported from the building structure by means of hanger rods, clamps, or other methods as herein specified.

E. Accessories: Offsets, fittings, expansion joints, anchors and accessories that are required for a complete system shall be provided even if not specifically indicated on the drawings or mentioned in the specifications. Offsets, transitions and changes in direction of conduit, shall be made to maintain proper headroom. Provide necessary pull-boxes, fittings, etc., required as a result of these transitions and changes in direction.

F. Exposed Work: Conduits shall be installed exposed.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 5 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

G. Conduits and other raceways shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Conduits and raceways run exposed in machinery and equipment rooms shall be installed parallel and perpendicular to the building lines at a height consistent with other building systems conduit and piping in the area, but at a minimum height of 8 feet AFF, except within dedicated equipment space.

H. Damaged galvanized finishes shall be touched-up with an inorganic, zinc-rich paint.

3.6 EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE MARKING

A. Externally mark equipment, and similar items with nameplates and labels having the same designations as indicated on the contract documents.

B. Provide nameplates for transformers, transfer switches, disconnect switches, panelboards, large pull and junction boxes and similar type equipment. Nameplate is to identify power source, device designation, load served and voltage characteristics.

C. Fasten nameplates to the front of equipment only by means of stainless steel self-tapping screws. Stick-on or adhesives will not be allowed unless the NEMA enclosure rating is compromised, then only epoxy adhesive shall be used to attach nameplates.

D. Provide labels for small boxes, snap switches, receptacles and other power outlets.

E. Panelboards: Prepare a neatly typed circuit directory behind clear heat-resistant plastic in a metal frame attached to the inside of the door for each panelboard. Identify circuits by equipment served and by room numbers where room numbers exist. Indicate spares and spaces with light, erasable pencil marking. Adhesive mounted directory pocket is not acceptable.

F. Identify conduits connected to pull, junction and outlet boxes with the circuit numbers for the conductors contained therein.

G. Where more than one circuit is contained in the same pull or junction box, identify the individual phase and neutral conductors with permanent brass tags that show the circuit designation.

H. Boxes and covers containing emergency circuits shall be painted red.

I. Equipment and Raceways Over 600 Volts: Provide “WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE - KEEP OUT” signs on all equipment. With 2-inch-high lettering, mark all pull boxes, junction boxes, and exposed raceways containing conductors installed in this project and operating in excess of 600 volts every 50 feet, and in each room and at each wall or floor penetration, with the words "WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE - ____ VOLTS – CIRCUIT NO._____ (fill in designation such as "GEN-2").

3.7 TESTING

A. Test Conditions: Place circuits and equipment into service under normal and emergency conditions, collectively and separately, as may be necessary to determine satisfactory operation. Perform specified tests in the presence of the ODR. Furnish instruments, wiring, equipment, materials, labor, and personnel required for conducting tests. Demonstrate that the equipment operates in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. Special tests on certain items are specified hereinafter. Where such testing is specified, it shall be performed by an independent testing company, selected by the Owner. Submit copies of test reports to the ODR.

B. Test Dates: Schedule final acceptance sufficiently in advance of the contract date to permit completion of any necessary adjustment or alterations within the number of days allotted for

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 6 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

completion of the contract. Inform the ODR at least 10 working days in advance of test dates and other specification requirements requiring action on the part of the ODR.

C. Retests: If retesting is required due to initial failure, conduct retests of such time duration as may be necessary to assure proper functioning of adjusted or altered parts or items of equipment. Any resultant delay as a result of such necessary retests does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under this contract.

END OF SECTION 26 00 00

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 7 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 19 - INSULATED CONDUCTORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies the furnishing and installation of insulated conductors, 600V and below.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ANSI/UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on the following: 1. 600-volt conductor and terminating materials. 2. Field testing report forms. 3. Field testing reports (after installation and prior to equipment connection)

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 IDENTIFICATION

A. Provide new insulated conductors marked according to NEC Article 310.

2.2 600-VOLT INSULATED CONDUCTORS

A. Size. As shown.

B. Construction. 1. Conductor. Soft-drawn, stranded, annealed copper. 2. Insulation. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, use THWN-2 for general wiring.

C. Use. For general wiring use No. 12 minimum. For field-installed control wiring use No. 14 or larger.

D. All wires shall be stranded copper.

E. Terminations. Provide the following terminals for field wiring: (1) Terminals for #22 - #10 stranded conductors connected to screw terminals: insulated locking fork type; (2) Terminals for #22 - #14 stranded conductors connected to mechanical pressure-type terminals: Insulated male adapters, Panduit DV18- 145M-C and DV14-145M-C or approved equal; (3) Terminals for #12 - #10 stranded conductors connected to mechanical pressure-type terminals: Panduit insulated Ferrule End Sleeves, Panduit FSD series.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Splices. Unless otherwise noted, conductors shall be installed in one continuous length between terminations without splices.

B. Protection. Unless otherwise indicated, mechanically protect conductors for systems by installing in raceways. Do not install the conductors until raceway system is complete and properly cleaned. Use Polywater J cable lubricant when pulling conductors. Do not bend any conductor either permanently or

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

temporarily during installation to radii less than four times the outer diameter of 600-volt insulated conductors. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended values for maximum pulling tension.

C. Terminations. Unless otherwise noted, use pressure-type lugs or connectors for terminations of all stranded conductors. Use ring-tongue type terminators on all control wiring.

D. Appearance. Neatly and securely bundle or cable all conductors in an enclosure using nylon straps with a locking hub or head on one end and a taper on the other.

3.2 600-VOLT INSULATED CONDUCTORS

A. Size. Install conductor sizes as indicated.

B. Color Code. Use factory-colored insulated phase conductors. Use different colors for control conductors.

C. Field Testing. Insulation resistance of all conductors shall be tested. Each conductor shall have its insulation resistance tested after the installation is completed and splices, taps and connections are made except connection to or into its source and point (or points) of termination. Insulation resistance of conductors which are to operate at 600 volts or less shall be tested by using a Biddle Megger of not less than 1000 volts d-c. Insulation resistance of conductors rated at 600 volts shall be free of shorts and grounds and have a minimum resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground of at least 10 megohms. Conductors that do not exceed insulation resistance values listed above shall be removed at Contractor's expense and replaced and test repeated. The Contractor shall furnish all instruments and personnel required for tests, shall tabulate readings observed, and shall forward copies of the test readings to the Owner designated representative (ODR) in accordance with Section 26 00 00. These test reports shall identify each conductor tested, date and time of test and weather conditions. Each test shall be signed by the party making the test.

END OF SECTION 26 05 19

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Power system grounding.

B. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. Design, test, assemble and install grounding and bonding system in conformance to the latest edition of the following applicable industry standards:

B. ANSI/IEEE Std 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.

C. ANSI/UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

D. IEEE 1100 - Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment (IEEE Emerald Book).

E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Ground the separately derived system neutral (transformer), if present.

B. Bond together neutrals, equipment enclosures, exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and receptacle ground connectors.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on the following: 1. Grounding conductors and hardware.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Grounding system components shall be as required to comply with the design and construction of the system indicated.

B. Grounding conductors. 1. Materials. a. Provide 600-volt insulated conductors having a green-colored insulation for grounding electrode and equipment grounding conductors. Use stranded conductors. b. Conduit grounding conductors shall be insulated copper conductor, green in color to size #6 AWG. Insulated conductors larger than #6 AWG shall be same as phase conductors but identified with green tape at each accessible opening or location in raceway. c. Provide bare conductors for bonding jumpers. 2. Listing. UL 83.

GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Connections. 1. Materials. Provide mechanical bolted-type connections utilizing high conductive copper alloy or bronze lugs or clamps. Where required, provide plated connectors that will not cause electrolytic action between the conductor and the connector. 2. Listing. UL 467.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Install ground system as indicated in accordance with the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code.

B. Install grounding conductors continuous, between equipment and grounding electrodes.

C. Size. When grounding and bonding conductors are not sized on drawings, size the conductors in accordance with NEC Table 250-122.

D. In feeder and branch circuits, provide a separate, green, insulated equipment-grounding conductor with the circuit conductors. Bond the grounding conductor to each junction box, pull box, outlet box, auxiliary gutter, wireway, surface metal raceway and transformer, enclosure and other metallic enclosures.

E. Ground each outlet box, pull box, and junction box by the use of a #10-32 machine screw fastened to the tapped hole of the box with an insulated conductor pigtail. For circuits greater than 20 amps, bolts, nuts and washers may be required.

3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

A. Raceway Systems and Equipment Enclosures. 1. Ground cabinets, junction boxes, outlet boxes, raceways, fittings, transformer enclosures, other electrical equipment and metallic enclosures. Ground equipment and enclosures to the continuous-grounded metallic raceway system in addition to any other specific grounding shown. 2. Provide bonding jumpers and grounding conductors throughout to ensure electrical continuity of the grounding system. 3. Provide grounding-type insulated bushings for metal conduits 1-1/2 inches and larger terminating in equipment enclosures containing a ground bus and connect the bushing to the ground bus.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation.

END OF SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Conduit: 1. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. 2. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit and fittings.

B. Boxes: 1. Outlet boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated.

B. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.

C. ANSI/UL 360 – Liquid-tight Flexible Steel Conduit.

D. ANSI/UL 467 – Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

E. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports.

F. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

G. UL 6 – Rigid Metal Conduit.

H. ANSI/NECA 101-2001 – Standard for Installing Steel Conduit.

1.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Handle raceways carefully to avoid damage, breaking, denting and scoring. Damaged equipment or materials shall not be installed.

B. Store raceways in a clean dry space and protected from the weather.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS

A. Conduit and fittings for electrical systems as required for this project shall include the following: 1. Electrical power 2. Controls

B. Rigid metal conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. Fittings, conduit bodies and accessories shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron and shall be threaded type. Contractor’s Option: Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) and compatible fittings.

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Liquid-tight flexible conduit and fittings shall consist of single strip, continuous, flexible interlocked, double-wrapped steel, galvanized inside and outside, forming smooth internal wiring channel with liquid-tight covering of flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC).

D. Bushings for galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be insulated hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Specification Grade Type HB or approved equal.

E. Grounding type bushings for galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be insulated hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Specification Grade Type HBL or approved equal.

F. Bushings for liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be insulated throat hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Type 4 Q-TG or approved equal.

2.2 OUTLET BOXES

A. Provide Type FD Cast Iron outlet boxes as applicable.

2.3 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

A. Boxes for conductors over 600 volts shall be 0.25-inch steel plate hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Boxes to have bolt-on bottom covers. Box sizes are shown on drawings.

B. Unless otherwise indicated boxes shall be galvanized sheet metal with screw-on cover and welded seams, stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers.

C. Unless otherwise indicated boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimension shall be panelboard code gauge galvanized steel with hinged cover.

D. Boxes shall be sized in accordance with NEC unless sizes are indicated on the drawings.

E. Provide nameplates or tapes to identify boxes per Section 26 00 00.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - CONDUIT

A. Install products in accordance with the applicable requirements of NEC and ANSI/NECA 101-2001 except where more stringent or restrictive requirements are specified herein.

B. Install raceway and conduit system from point of origin in outlets shown, complete with offsets, pull boxes, junction boxes and fittings. Minimum conduit size shall be ¾ inch.

C. Install rigid hot-dipped galvanized steel (RGS) conduit except as follows: 1. Liquid-tight. Install liquid-tight flexible metal conduit for connections to rotating, vibrating, moving or movable equipment, including dry-type transformers and emergency generators. Install external ground wire on flexible conduit with grounding bushings. Maximum length shall be 6'-0", minimum to be 2'-0". 2. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC). At Contractor’s option, RAC may be installed in lieu of RGS conduit.

D. Install conduits parallel to building lines, and supported on metal framing channel, trapeze hangers, conduit straps or other devices specifically designed for the purpose. Plastic anchors, wire ties and hanger wire are not permitted. Fasten conduit with the following material: 1. Wood screws on wood 2. Toggle bolts on hollow masonry

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

3. Bolts and expansion anchors in concrete or brick 4. Machine screws, threaded rods and clamps on steel 5. Conduit clips on steel joists.

E. Install conduit exposed.

F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Tape covering conduit ends is not allowed.

G. Provide 200 lb. nylon cord in empty conduit.

H. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, install firestopping material around conduits per Specification Section 7270- Penetration Seals.

I. Where conduits penetrate non-fire-rated walls and floors, seal voids around conduits and where conduits are exposed to view, provide chrome plated floor and ceiling plates properly sized to fit conduits when securely locked in place.

J. Conduit threads that are cut in the field shall be touched-up with an inorganic, zinc-rich paint.

END OF SECTION 26 05 33

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 53

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Nameplates and tape labels. B. Wire and cable markers. C. Conduit color coding and labeling. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (latest edition) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with and in additional to Section 26 00 00, Basic Electrical Requirements, and Division 01for submittal requirement. 1. Furnish nameplate identification schedules listing equipment type and nameplate data with letter sizes and nameplate material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Equipment Nameplates: 1. For normal power electrical equipment, provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates, engraved white letters on a black background. 2. For emergency equipment provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with engraved white letters on a red background. 3. For fire alarm system provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on a yellow background. B. Conductor Color Tape and Heat Shrink: 1. Colored vinyl electrical tape shall be applied perpendicular to the long dimension of the cable or conductor. 2. In applications utilizing tray cable, heat shrinkable tubing shall be used to obtain the proper color coding for the length of the conductor in the cabinet or enclosure. Variations to the cable color coding due to standard types of wire or cables are not acceptable. C. Warning labels: Provide warning labels with black lettering on red background with a minimum of 1/2" lettering. D. Tape Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with minimum 1/4-inch letters for labeling receptacles, switches, control device stations, junction and pull boxes and manual motor starter units, etc. 1. White letters on black background for normal power. 2. White letters on red background for emergency/standby power. 3. J-Box and Cover plate Voltage Labels: Black stenciled letters 1/4" high. Adhesive back tapes may be used if a clear tape is applied over the label for protection.

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates or tape labels. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure plastic nameplates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Use of adhesives shall be per Owner’s approval. Secure nameplate to outside face of flush mounted panelboard doors in finished locations. 3.2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits. Label control wire with number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams or equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. B. Conductors for power circuits to be identified per the following schedule:

Conductor System Voltage 480/277V 208/120V Phase A Brown Black Phase B Purple Red Phase C Yellow Blue Neutral Gray White

Grounding Green Green

3.3 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE A. Provide nameplates of minimum letter height as scheduled below. Nameplates shall be same as equipment names indicated on the Drawings. B. Individual Circuit Breakers in Distribution Panelboards, Disconnect Switches, Motor Starters, and Contactors: 1/4-inch; identify source to device and the load it serves, including location. C. Dry Type Transformers Not in Substations: 3/8-inch; identify equipment designation. 1/4-inch; identify primary and secondary voltages, primary source, and secondary load and location. D. Automatic Transfer Switches: 3/8-inch; white letters and red background; identify equipment designation 1/4-inch; identify voltage rating, normal source, standby source and load served including location. E. Panelboards: 3/8-inch; identify equipment designation. 1/4 -inch; identify source, voltage and bus rating. 3.4 ENCLOSURE COLOR CODING A. The following systems shall have each junction and pull box cover completely painted per the following:

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

System Color of Box Cover

Emergency Power Red Fire Alarm Yellow

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 3

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 32 12 – GENERATOR LOAD BANK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This specification contains the minimum requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of a UL listed, air-cooled, outdoor weatherproof resistive load bank.

B. The load bank is required for periodic exercising and testing of the (standby) emergency power source. The load bank shall be permanently mounted in a weatherproof enclosure, forced air cooled with remotely mounted control panel.

C. Should the vendor take exception to any part of this specification, it shall be stated in the bid, and referenced to the specification line number.

1.2 STANDARDS

A. The equipment shall comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of NEC, NEMA, and ANSI standards.

B. The load bank shall be listed to UL Standard 508.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. The Load Bank Submittals shall include applicable shop drawings (schematic drawings, outline drawings, technical description, and manufacturer's cut sheet) for each type and size of load bank required.

B. Electrical schematic drawings shall be provided to detail the operation of the load bank and the provided safety circuits. Over-current protection and control devices shall be identified and their ratings marked. A system interconnection drawing shall be included for control wiring related to the load bank.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER

A. Load Banks Direct, LLC of Erlanger, KY, USA or equal by Avtron.

B. Approved equal

2.2 LOAD BANK RATINGS AND DESIGN FEATURES

A. The load bank shall be rated as shown on plans with 25 KW minimum load step resolution provided.

B. The load bank shall be Forced Air-Cooled, rated for continuous operation with integrally mounted blower motors with high-performance, direct-driven fan blades to deliver the required airflow volume (CFM) for cooling resistor load elements.

C. The load bank shall include an integral voltage control power transformer to deliver the necessary 120 Volt AC required for control circuit operation.

D. The load bank shall include a (LOCAL or REMOTE) operator control panel including Emergency Stop (E-STOP) push button, Main Power On/Off switch, Blower Start/Stop push buttons, Fan-Phase

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Reversal switch (ABC-OFF-ACB), Master Load On/Off switch, and Individual Load Step switches (KW On/Off) provided for each load step. Illuminated indicators provided for Power On, Blower On, Motor Overload, Air-Flow Failure, Over-Temperature, and Load Dump.

E. The load bank shall include a fully equipped, 3-phase Digital Metering System that measures a standard range of 16 load parameters including 3-phase, Volts, Amps, Frequency and Power Functions and includes RS485 communication (Modbus protocol) for remote reading - compatible with PC, PLC, and data loggers.

F. The load bank shall include resistor load elements to provide the necessary KW load rating for each load step. Resistors are fully supported across their entire length within the air stream by stainless steel support rods which are insulated with heavy-duty, high-temperature ceramic insulators. Change in resistance is minimized by maintaining conservative resistor designs.

G. The load bank shall include an automatic Load Level Controller. Load Level Control provides automatic load regulation by sensing the downstream connected load and adjusting the amount of supplemental load (load bank steps) applied. Automatic Load Level Controller adds and subtracts Load Bank load in response to dynamic power fluctuations in the connected facility load. It utilizes the Load Bank as a “supplemental load” for maintaining a minimum load on the power source.

2.3 LOAD BANK OPERATOR PROTECTION AND SAFETY FEATURES

A. The load bank shall include a Control Power Emergency-Stop (E-STOP) push button to disable control power voltage to all operator control power circuits, including blower circuit and load application circuits.

B. The load bank shall include visual detection and display of Main Power On, Blower Motor On, Motor Overload, Air-Flow Failure, Over-Temperature and Load Dump on the Operator Control Panel.

C. The load bank shall include branch circuit fuse protection provides short-circuit fault protection of all load steps. Fuses shall be fast-acting, current-limiting type with an interrupting rating of 200K A.I.C.

D. The load bank blower motors shall be short-circuit protected by current-limiting fuses and thermally protected by overload relays.

E. The load bank shall include differential air pressure switch(es) to provide protection from loss of cooling air or insufficient airflow. The switch(es) will automatically remove all load if an airflow problem is detected and lock-out the load application controls.

F. The load bank shall include over-temperature switch(es) to monitor load bank exhaust temperature. The switch(es) will automatically remove all load if an over-temperature condition is detected and lock- out the load application controls.

G. The load bank shall include appropriate operator warning and cautionary statements, labels, or signage located visibly on the access panels.

2.4 LOAD BANK CONSTRUCTION

A. The load bank enclosure shall be constructed of galvanized steel with powder coat paint finish with exterior stainless steel fasteners. Bolt on access panels shall provide a dead-front enclosure, safely enclosing all electrical and mechanical connections.

B. The load bank shall be designed for installation and operation in an outdoor environment with sufficient fresh intake air available. The enclosure shall be designed for direct mounting to a customer supplied concrete pad.

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction SON/SPH Generator Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. The load bank cooling airflow shall be drawn in from the screened air-intake sides, with hot air vertically exhausted from the top of the unit away from personnel. Low-profile, stainless steel exhaust air-gravity louvers shall be provided for superior all-weather protection.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The load bank manufacturer shall have a formal written Quality Policies Manual outlining their quality management system. This manual shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.

B. The load bank shall be provided with a detailed Instruction and Maintenance Manual outlining the proper operation, installation, environmental, safety precautions, and maintenance of the load bank. This manual shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.

C. The load bank shall be fully tested by a trained factory technician prior to shipment. Each load step shall be calibrated and tested at rated voltage with voltage and current measurements recorded. Additional tests shall include resistance tolerance testing, applied potential (hi-pot) testing per IEEE standards, and verification of all safety circuits and operator control circuits. Blower circuit shall be tested at rated voltage for proper operation. Upon completion, load bank test data shall be made available to the purchaser upon request. After load bank is installed on site and connected to the existing generator, it shall be tested again at all load step levels up to the full load output. The full load output shall be tested for a minimum of 30 minutes. In addition, the load dump circuit shall be tested for proper operation. Provide a report to the Owner following the test.

D. Install load bank on a 4” concrete pad. Install load bank per manufacturer’s instructions.

END OF SECTION 26 32 12

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 3

THE UNIVERSITY of TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER AT HOUSTON UTHSC LOAD BANK ADDITION SOUTH CAMPUS Houston, Texas

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION FEBRUARY 15, 2016

PROJECT SITE

Shah Smith & associates, inc. DRAWING LIST - ELECTRICAL houston/austin/dallas/college station E001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS Tx. Registation no. F-2113 E010 ONE LINE DIAGRAM - LOAD BANK ADDITION E101 CENTRAL PLANT FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN E201 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E N G I N E E R ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE AND CONTROL SYMBOLS KEYED NOTES SYMBOL # ABBREVIATIONS

A,AMP AMPERES LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL GROUNDED WYE CONTROL RELAY SURGE SUPRESSOR, METAL OXIDE AC ALTERNATING CURRENT, AIR COMPRESSOR LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE DRAWING LIST - ELECTRICAL VARISTOR (MOV) MAXIMUM PROTECTIVE RELAY FUNCTION, CONTACT, NORMALLY OPEN ACC AIR COOLED CHILLER LP LIGHTNING PROTECTION E001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS CONTINUOUS OPERATING VOLTAGE ANSI DESIGNATION AS NOTED AD AIR DRYER LR LOCAL-REMOTE (MCOV) AS NOTED CONTACT, NORMALLY CLOSED AF AMPERE FRAME LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPERES E010 ONE LINE DIAGRAM - LOAD BANK ADDITION 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 K KEY INTERLOCK INDICATING LAMP, COLOR AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LS LONG TIME, SHORT TIME E101 CENTRAL PLANT FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN POWER TRANSFORMER R AS NOTED, R RED, G AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE LSI LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, INSTANTANEOUS E201 ELECTRICAL DETAILS Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE GREEN, A AMBER, W WHITE AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT LSG LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, GROUND MOLDED OR INSULATED AIC AMPERES INTERRUPTING CAPACITY LSIG LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, INSTANTANEOUS, Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 SPACE HEATER CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER SELECTOR SWITCH AL ALUMINUM GROUND CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH DM DIGITAL MULTI-METER OFF ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL LI LONG TIME, INSTANTANEOUS SELECTOR SWITCH, AT AMPERE TRIP LIG LONG TIME, INSTANTANEOUS, GROUND ST SHUNT TRIP COIL HAND AUTO M METER HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON-FUSIBLE AUX AUXILIARY mA MILLIAMPS GENERATOR THREE AV AUDIO VISUAL MAX MAXIMUM PHASE SIZE AS NOTED AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSIBLE ON OFF MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MOTOR, THREE-PHASE, SELECTOR SWITCH, ON-OFF B BOILER MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR FUSE HP AS NOTED BF BALLAST FACTOR MECH MECHANICAL NORMALLY OPEN PUSHBUTTON, TWO SPEED MOTOR BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM MFAP MAIN FIRE DETECTION & ALARM PANEL TRANSFER SWITCH MOMENTARY CONTACT - HP AS NOTED BCP BOILER CONTROL PANEL MFR MANUFACTURER BFP BOILER FEEDWATER PUMP MH METAL HALIDE CURRENT TRANSFORMER NORMALLY CLOSED PUSHBUTTON, MOTOR, SINGLE PHASE, MAINTAINED CONTACT BKR BREAKER MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY M CURRENT HP AS NOTED BLDG BUILDING MOV METAL OXIDE VARISTOR 1/4 BFDF BOILER FORCED DRAFT FAN MTD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER, ZERO PUSHBUTTON, BIDF BOILER INDUCED DRAFT FAN MV-90, 105 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE 90C, 105C SEQUENCE VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE MAINTAINED CONTACT MVA MEGA VOLT AMPERES VOLTAGE OR POWER TRANSFORMER CL CENTERLINE MW MEGA WATTS MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER C CONDUIT PANELBOARD CAFSS CLEAN AGENT FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM N, NEU NEUTRAL DELTA CONNECTED CAOP CHILLER AUXILIARY OIL PUMP NC NORMALLY CLOSED OPEN DELTA CONNECTED OVERLOAD CATV CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE CP CONTROL PANEL CB CIRCUIT BREAKER NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'S WYE CONNECTED CCP CHILLER CONTROL PANEL ASSOCIATION CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM NIC NOT IN CONTRACT GROUND CONTACTOR COIL CONNECTION POINT CDP CONDENSATE PUMP NO NORMALLY OPEN CH CHILLER # NUMBER EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE CHP CHILLED WATER PUMP NTS NOT TO SCALE CKT CIRCUIT CLG CEILING OAS OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTION VS VIBRATION SWITCH CMH COMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE OCPD OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COAX COAXIAL CABLE OC ON CENTER CONT CONTINUATION OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED COORD COORDINATION, COORDINATE OFOI OWNER FURNISHED, OWNER INSTALLED ELECTRICAL PLAN SYMBOLS CP CONTROL PANEL OH OVERHEAD EXISTING PANELBOARD CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER OL OVERLOAD LUMINAIRE SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SUBSCRIPT IS DEFINED AS FOLLOWS: X SURFACE MOUNTED CSU COLLEGE STATION UTILITIES a = NEMA 6-30R a CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER, COOLING TOWER P POLE LUMINAIRE b = 480V, 3-PHASE PLUS GND, 50A, HUBBELL #CS8165C,OAS EXISTING PANELBOARD X CTF COOLING TOWER FAN PA PUBLIC ADDRESS c = NEMA 15-30R FLUSH MOUNTED LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER CTR CONTROLLER, CENTER PB PULL BOX X DUPLEX RECEPTACLE LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT CU COPPER, CONDENSING UNIT PCHP PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP Y LUMINAIRE - WALL WASH PANELBOARD - SURFACE MOUNTED CV CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT PDU POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT X SWITCHED RECEPTACLE CWP CONDENSER WATER PUMP PF POWER FACTOR LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT Y PFCC POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITOR TRACK LIGHTING SYSTEM PANELBOARD - FLUSH MOUNTED X DA DEAERATOR PH PHASE Y QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE 2'X4' LUMINAIRE DATACOM DATA AND/OR COMMUNICATION PIR PASSIVE INFRARED X POWER/DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD SINGLE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX DB DUCT BANK PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER Y - SURFACE MOUNTED 2'X4' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER DC DIRECT CURRENT PMH POWER MANHOLE X SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL PURPOSE MOUNTED DCS DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM PMT PAD MOUNT POWER/DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD Y FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PNL PANELBOARD X 1'X4' LUMINAIRE - FLUSH MOUNTED DEMO DEMOLITION PS PROGRAMMED START X 1'X4' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER Y DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX DIP DEIONIZED WATER PUMP PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DIV DIVISION PVC-RGS PVC COATED RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT X LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX EMERGENCY PANELBOARD-FLUSH MOUNTED Y DPDT DOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW X LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED - EMERGENCY POWER Y SUBSCRIPT DENOTES DPST DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW RAC RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT GROUND ROD DWG DRAWING RCPT RECEPTACLE X STRIP LUMINAIRE WP WEATHERPROOF GROUNDING SYSTEM TEST WELL DWP DOMESTIC WATER PUMP RE REFER TO, REGARDING, REFERENCE X STRIP LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER RFAP REMOTE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM PANEL IG ISOLATED GROUND LIGHTNING PROTECTION AIR TERMINAL E, EM EMERGENCY RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT 2'X2' LUMINAIRE E EMERGENCY EA EACH RL RAISE-LOWER X CM MOUNTED FLUSH IN CEILING OR DM DIGITAL MULTI-METER EC EMPTY CONDUIT RMS ROOT MEAN SQUARE 2'X2' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER SURFACE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE EDF ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN ROP REVERSE OSMOSIS PUMP X CONTINUATION EF EXHAUST FAN RS RAPID START TWIN HEAD WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL MOUNTED - DUAL TECHNOLOGY EG EQUIPMENT GROUND RTD RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTOR X LUMINAIRE - BATTERY OPERATED CONDUIT EXPOSED EGP ELECTRONIC GRADE PANEL RVAT REDUCED-VOLTAGE AUTO TRANSFORMER ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR CEILING MOUNTED EMERGENCYCONDUIT EMBEDDED PANELBOARD-SURFACE MOUNTED X POLE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE ELS EMERGENCY LIFE SAFETY No. Description Date -360° COVERAGE - DUAL TECHNOLOGY EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SCADA SUPERVISORY CONTROL & DATA ACQUISITION CONDUIT CAPPED LUMINAIRE FLUSH MOUNTED EMT ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING SCH SCHEDULE X LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR CONDUIT TURNED DOWN EPR ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE RUBBER SCHP SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP Keyplan LUMINAIRE FLUSH MOUNTED - EMERGENCY POWER EIWH ELECTRIC INSTANT WATER HEATER SEP SEWAGE EJECTOR PUMP X LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL CONDUIT TURNED UP EXIST EXISTING SF SUPPLY FAN EXIT SIGN WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS HOMERUN - ONE PHASE - ONE NEUTRAL, SHLD SHIELDED X AS INDICATED SHADING INDICATES J JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, WALL MOUNTED ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FA FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM SP SUMP PUMP NUMBER OF FACES & CONFIGURATION FCU FAN COIL UNIT SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE J JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, CEILING MOUNTED HOMERUN - TWO PHASE, ZERO, ONE X EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED FCV FAN-CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT SPDT SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW OR TWO NEUTRAL AS SCHEDULED BY TICK FLA FULL LOAD AMPS SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, FLUSH MOUNTED IN FLOOR J MARKS, ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FO FIBER OPTIC(S) SPF STAIRWELL PRESSURIZATION FAN SUBSCRIPT DENOTES OR FLOORBOX AS NOTED ON PLANS FP FIRE PUMP SS STAINLESS STEEL X LETTER DENOTES TYPE HOMERUN - THREE PHASE, ZERO, ONE FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER SSOL SOLID STATE OVER LOAD DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON FUSIBLE, 30A, 3P UON OR THREE NEUTRAL AS SCHEDULED BY TICK DIRECTION ARROW FOR EXIT SIGN FUT FUTURE STD STANDARD MARKS, ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR DIRECTION ARROW FOR EXIT SIGN DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSIBLE, 30A, 3P UON FVNR FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STP SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR S SINGLE POLE SNAP SWITCH M MOTOR SINGLE PHASE - HP AS NOTED FVV FAN-VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT SW SWITCH 1/6 SWBD SWITCHBOARD S THREE WAY SNAP SWITCH STARTER, NEMA SIZE '1' UON 3 GAOP GEAR AUXILIARY OIL PUMP SWGR SWITCHGEAR 20 MOTOR THREE PHASE - HP AS NOTED Tx. Registration # F-2113 S4 FOUR WAY SNAP SWITCH COMBINATION SWITCH STARTER, NEMA SIZE '1' UON GEN GENERATOR SYML SYMMETRICAL GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER SYNCH SYNCHRONOUS OF T TE EX S KEY OPERATED SNAP SWITCH A A K ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER GFEP GROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT PROTECTION T S CB TWO SPEED MOTOR - HP AS NOTED S TYPE AND SIZE AS NOTED G, GND GROUND TELECOM TELECOMMUNICATIONS SD MANUAL DIMMER SWITCH GRAP GENERATOR REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL TOP TURBINE OIL PUMP R RELAY DOUGLAS B. BELISLE

S SINGLE POLE HP RATED MOTOR GENERATOR THREE PHASE SIZE AS NOTED GWH GAS-FIRED WATER HEATER TSP TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR P 80083 R M R E DISCONNECT SWITCHRAISE/LOWER SWITCH TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR O L PUSH BUTTON F IC ED E E ENS I N H HOT TYP TYPICAL S G S S N RL RAISE/LOWER SWITCH LP LIGHTNING PROTECTION CONDUCTOR IONAL E K KIRK KEY INTERLOCK HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE 2/15/2016 SLC LOCAL ROOM CONTROL FOR DIMMING G GROUNDING CONDUCTOR HMT HARMONIC MITIGATING TRANSFORMER UG UNDERGROUND AND/OR LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. BUZZER HOA HAND OFF AUTOMATIC UH UNIT HEATER S MANUAL TIMER SWITCH - O - 2 HOUR HP HORSEPOWER UL UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY T BELL HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED S SINGLE POLE SNAP SWITCH WITH WEATHERPROOF HRG HIGH RESISTANCE GROUND UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY UT HEALTH SCIENCE WP T COVER TRANSFORMER HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONINGUTP UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR HWC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP CENTER HWP HEATING WATER PUMP V VOLTS VA VOLT AMPERES I/O INPUT/OUTPUT VAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRECT IG ISOLATED GROUND VAR VOLT AMPERES REACTIVE IR INFRARED VDC VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT IRR IRRIGATION VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE UTHSC LOAD BANK IS INSTANT START VP VACUUM PUMP VT VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER INSTALLATION SOUTH J, JB JUNCTION BOX VV VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT JP JOCKEY PUMP CAMPUS CP W WIRE K KILO, THOUSAND W/ WITH KA KILOAMPERES WG WIRE GUARD 1095-026-04 KAIC THOUSAND AMPERES INTERRUPTING WH WATER HEATER CAPACITY WP WEATHERPROOF KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS ELECTRICAL LEGEND KV KILOVOLT XFMR TRANSFORMER KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES SYMBOLS AND KW KILOWATT Y WYE KWH KILOWATT-HOUR ABBREVIATIONS Z IMPEDANCE LTG LIGHTING SSA Project Number LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR 1095-026-04 Date 02-15-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-04_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt Designed By DEL Checked By DBB Drawing No. E001 Scale NO SCALE 2/15/2016 11:33:22 AM 11:33:22 2/15/2016 GENERAL NOTES A. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN BOLD ARE NEW.

B. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH EXISTING 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 CONDITIONS. Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113

KEYED NOTES - E010 # 1 PROVIDE LOAD DUMP CIRCUIT FROM NEW LOAD BANK TO GENERATOR PARALLELING SWITCH GEAR MASTER CONTROLLER. PROVIDE 2#14 IN 3/4" CONDUIT. SWITCHGEAR OEM RUSSELELECTRIC SHALL BE PROCURED FOR TERMINATION AND PROGRAMMING.

3 #2 5KV 133%, SHLD 1 #6, 600V GND, IN DUCTBANK RE:2/E201 GEN GEN 2 GEN 3 PROVIDE NEW PARALLELING 1 SWITCHGEAR 1500KW 1500KW 1500KW 30"D x 24"W x 36"H MVPS 0.8PF 0.8PF 0.8PF JUNCTION BOX 4160Y/2400V 4160Y/2400V 4160Y/2400V EXISTING DIESEL GENSET DIESEL GENSET DIESEL GENSET 600A 4.16KV, 1200A, 5KV FUSED 3PHASE, 3WIRE 400E SWITCH W/GND BUS NEMA 3R MOVE NEW 750KVA RUSSELECTRIC CENTRAL PLANT LBSW1 2.55KV 4.16KV- SEE E403C MCOV 480Y/277V,3PH XFMR

3 300/5 GE 1 #1/0 GND MULTILIN SR 735 1"C 3-4"C, EA, W/ TO 3-600KCMIL 1200A 3/4"x10'-0" 52 250MVA 50/51 1 #3/0 GND GND ROD IN DUCTBANK RE:3/E201 52 52 52 50G/51G DM DM DM PARALLELING SWITCHGEAR 1 NEW 1200A/3P/ MASTER 50/5 1200AF CONTROLLER FUSIBLE SWITCH DM NEMA 3R

3-4"C, EA, W/ EQUIPPED 3-600KCMIL SPACE FOR 1 #3/0 GND FUTURE 52 52 52 52 1200A BKR

NEW LOAD BANKS DIRECT LS750 480V,750KW, 3PH, 3W LOAD BANK GROUND BUS 1

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 No. Description Date 2#14, 3/4"C Keyplan

300KVA 4.16KV- 480Y/277V FPT2

CONNECT TO GND BAR IN MAIN ELEC RM

Tx. Registration # F-2113

OF T TO MASTER TO MASTER TE EX A A T S CONTROLLER CONTROLLER S 8#10 8#10 2#10 SPARE 2#10 SPARE DOUGLAS B. BELISLE P 80083 R R PRIORITY 1 1"C PRIORITY 1 1"C E O L F IC ED E E ENS I N S S NG IONAL E 2/15/2016 START START FIRE PUMP CONTROLLER AND XFER AUX LOAD AUX LOAD SW BY NORMAL ADD NORMAL ADD DIV 21, TYP. UT HEALTH SCIENCE

AUX AUX CENTER EMER EMER G G

3#4/0 3#4/0 #2 GND #2 GND UTHSC LOAD BANK 21 "C 21 "C /2 /2 INSTALLATION SOUTH 150 150 CAMPUS CP 2-1"C TO GENERATOR FP-1 FP-2 MASTER CONTROLLER (BACKUP) SEE E403 1095-026-04 ONE LINE DIAGRAM - LOAD BANK ADDITION

SSA Project Number 1095-026-04 Date 02-15-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-04_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt ONE LINE DIAGRAM - LOAD BANK ADDITION Designed By DEL 1 NO SCALE Checked By DBB Drawing No. E010 Scale NO SCALE 2/15/2016 11:33:28 AM 11:33:28 2/15/2016 GENERAL NOTES KEYED NOTES - E101 # A. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. 1 PROVIDE LOAD DUMP CIRCUIT FROM NEW NEW WORK SHOWN BOLD. LOAD BANK TO GENERATOR PARALLELING SWITCH GEAR MASTER CONTROLLER. PROVIDE B. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH EXISTING 2#14 IN 3/4" CONDUIT. 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 CONDITIONS. 2 NEW 5KV UNDERGROUND DUCTBANK. Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 3 NEW 480V UNDERGROUND DUCTBANK. Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 4 CONTRACTOR TO SAWCUT CONCRETE TO INSTALL NEW DUCTBANKS AND REPLACE CONCRETE SLAB BACK TO ORIGINAL CONDITIONS. 5 LOCATE JUNCTION BOX OVER EXISTING (2) 4" CONDUITS STUBBED OUT OF SWITCH ENCLOSURE. 6 PROVIDE NEW 30"D x 24"W x 36"H JUNCTION BOX ON 4" HOUSE KEEPING PAD. MOUNT JUNCTION BOX TO SIDE OF EXISTING 5KV SWITCH. CONTRACTOR TO EXTEND EXISTING HOUSE KEEPING PAD TO SUPPORT JUNCTION BOX. 7 EXISTING FIRE PUMP FLOW TEST VALVES.

A B C D E F G H J K K.3 L

EXISTING 5KV LOAD BANK SWITCH 6 LBSW1

EXISTING 5 BUILDING H[LVWLQJ H[LVWLQJ H[LVWLQJ NEW PAD MOUNTED 4583NZ 4583NZ GLHVHO 4 2 TRANSFORMER PROVIDE HOUSE GLHVHO GLHVHO 4583NZ W/ 4" HOUSE KEEPING KEEPING PAD JHQVHW JHQVHW JHQVHW PAD AS SHOWN FRONT

NEW CONCRETE BOLLARDS

1 1 4 3 NEW FUSED DISCONNECT 7 WALL NEW MOUNTED LOAD BANK 8NY MECHANICAL ROOM PDVWHU SDUDOOHOLQJ 1M03 FRQWUROOHU VZJUŒPYSV

PEE 1

IGU MECHANICAL ROOM JHQŒ'4 1M02

IGU 4833NYD [IPU

IURQW JHQŒ'5 [VWQ

IGU 7;3YŒHSGV

JHQŒ'6 IURQW ELECTRICAL ROOM IGU ELECTRICAL ROOM 1E01 1E02 OFFICE IGU 4833NYD [IPU IGU IGU 1.02 IGU ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 8NY WLH [VWQ 8NYŒVZJUŒPYGV IGU VZ No. Description Date

IGU 7;3YŒPSGV 2 2 IGU Keyplan IGU 8NY DWV ISW5 IGU 4833NYD [IPU 633NYD PED [IPU

VZEG4 IURQW 633NYD [IPU

MECAHNICAL ROOM 1M01

Tx. Registration # F-2113

OF T TE EX A A T S S

IURQW DOUGLAS B. BELISLE P 80083 R R E O L F IC ED E E ENS I N MECHANICAL ROOM S 2/15/2016 S NG 1M04 IONAL E 3.1 3.1

3 3 UT HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER

ENGINEER OFFICE 1.01 UP UTHSC LOAD BANK INSTALLATION SOUTH 4 4 CAMPUS CP

1095-026-04 CENTRAL PLANT FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN A B C D E F G H J K K.3 L

SSA Project Number 1095-026-04 Date 02-15-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-04_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt Plan Designed By DEL CENTRAL PLANT FIRST FLOOR POWER PLAN Checked By DBB 1/8" = 1'-0" 1 NORTH Drawing No. E101 0' 8' 16' Scale 1/8" = 1'-0" As indicated 2/17/2016 6:50:50 AM 6:50:50 2/17/2016 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 PRIMARY SECONDARY Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT MOVE ARRESTOR, TYP. OF 3

PARKING STAND, TYP.

5KV,200A LOADBREAK ELBOW (TYP. OF 3)

FINISHED GRADE/PAVEMENT FINISHED PAD MOUNTED XFMR GRADE/PAVEMENT BUSHING WITH SPADE TERMINAL GROUND CABLE TAPE SHIELD AND MOVE ARRESTOR, TYP RGS STUB-UP WITH GROUNDING BUSHING, TYP WARNING TAPE MINIMUM 12" BELOW FINAL WARNING TAPE MINIMUM 12" BELOW TRANSFORMER PAD 30" MIN. GRADE/PAVEMENT FINAL GRADE/PAVEMENT COMPACTED EXCAVATED BACKFILL 30" MIN. COMPACTED EXCAVATED BACKFILL, (85% PROCTOR) 90% STANDARD UNDER GRASSY AREAS

. .

. . .

. . .

. . . . . AND 1 1/2 SACK CEMENT STABILIZED ...... #2/0G BARE ...... SAND UNDER PAVEMENTS ...... RED CONCRETE 4" ...... 2" ...... RED CONCRETE ...... 4" DB CONDUIT ......

...... FINISHED GRADE ...... 3" #4 REBAR TYPICAL FOUR CORNERS . . 4" ...... GND ...... 3/4"C ...... 3" 3" GENERAL NOTES: 4" PVC CONDUIT SCHEDULE 40 ...... PVC ...... SECONDARY DUCT BANK; SEE 2" 2" ...... 1. PROVIDE #4 REBAR LONGITUDINALLY IN . .. . SLEEVE ...... DETAIL #3 THIS SHEET ...... EACH CORNER OF DUCT BANK FOR ENTIRE 4" ...... PRIMARY DUCT BANK, SEE ...... LENGTH. 3-4" CONDUITS #3 REBAR AT 36" ON CENTER DETAIL #2 THIS SHEET 2. PROVIDE #3 REBAR STIRRUPS ON 3'-0" 3" #4 REBAR TYPICAL FOUR CORNERS ONE 4" CONDUIT CONNECT GROUND WIRE CENTER FOR ENTIRE LENGTH. 4" 4" TO GROUND ROD

PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER FRONT DUCTBANK SECTION SECONDARY SERVICE DUCT BANK SECTION PRIMARY SERVICE ELEVATION 3 NO SCALE 2 NO SCALE 1 NO SCALE

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 No. Description Date

Keyplan

Tx. ReRegistrationgi stration # F-2113

OF T TE EX A A T S S

DOUGLAS B. BELISLE

P 80083 R R E O L F IC ED E 2/15/2016 E ENS I N S S NG IONAL E

UT HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER

UTHSC LOAD BANK INSTALLATION SOUTH CAMPUS CP

1095-026-04 ELECTRICAL DETAILS

SSA Project Number 1095-026-04 Date 02-15-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-04_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt Designed By DEL Checked By DBB Drawing No. E201 Scale NO SCALE 2/15/2016 11:33:05 AM 11:33:05 2/15/2016 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

PROFESSIONAL SEALS PAGE

The following Documents and Specifications have been prepared by or under the direct supervision of the Engineer.

ENGINEER

Shah Smith & Associates, Inc 2825 Wilcrest, Suite 350 Houston, Texas 77042 Telephone: 713-780-7563 Contact: Douglas Belisle, PE Electronic Mail: [email protected] 2/16/2016

DIVISION 26 No. of Pages Section 26 00 00 Basic Electrical Requirements ...... 6 Section 26 05 19 Insulated Conductors ...... 5 Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding...... 2 Section 26 05 33 Raceway, Conduit and Boxes...... 3 Section 26 05 43 Underground Duct banks...... 3 Section 26 05 53 Electrical Identification ...... 3 Section 26 12 19 Pad Mounted Liquid Filled Transformers...... 4 Section 26 28 13 Fuses 600V and Below ...... 2 Section 26 28 16 Enclosed Safety Switches...... 3 Section 26 32 12 Generator Load Bank...... 3

Table of Contents THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 00 00 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. General and Supplementary General Conditions and special conditions are specifically applicable to all Division 26 Sections.

B. The Drawings are necessarily diagrammatic by their nature, and are not intended to show every connection in detail or every device or raceway in its exact location. The Contractor shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions and shall coordinate the work in order to avoid interference between the various elements of work. Work shall be organized and laid out to coordinate with existing structures. Work shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building unless otherwise noted or indicated.

C. The intent of the drawings is to establish the types of systems and functions, but not to set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system. Electrical drawings are generally diagrammatic and show approximate location and extent of work. The drawings and specifications are cooperative, and work and/or materials called for in one and not mentioned in the other shall be provided. Install the work complete, including minor details necessary to perform the function indicated. Review pertinent drawings and adjust the work to conditions shown. Where discrepancies occur between drawings, specifications, and actual field conditions, immediately notify the Owner’s designated representative (ODR) for a resolution.

D. All dimensional information related to new structures shall be taken from the appropriate Drawings. All dimensional information related to existing facilities shall be taken from actual measurements made by the Contractor on the site.

E. Outlet and Equipment Locations. Coordinate the actual locations of electrical outlets and equipment with building features and equipment as indicated on architectural, structural, and electrical drawings. Review with the ODR any proposed changes in outlet or equipment location. Relocation of outlets before installation, of up to 5 feet from the position indicated, may be directed without additional cost. Remove and relocate outlets placed in an unsuitable location, when so requested by the ODR, at no additional cost.

F. Core Drilling. Core drilled openings shall be spaced 8" apart (measured centerline to centerline) for conduits 2" and smaller and 12" apart for conduits larger than 2". Penetrations shall be firestopped with a UL listed product in accordance with NEC Paragraph 300.21. See Section 07270 regarding sealing of penetrations.

G. Regulatory Requirements. The “Authority Having Jurisdiction” is the ODR, as an agency of the State of Texas. The installations shall comply with the requirements of the latest editions of the listed codes and standards at the date of issue of the construction documents.

1.2 NEW WORK

A. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following principal systems and equipment: 1. 480/277 volt distribution.

1.3 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Standards of the following organizations, as well as those listed in Division 1, may be referenced in this specification.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. Association of Edison Illuminating Cos. (AEIC) 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 4. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 7. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 9. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). 10. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA). 11. International Electrical Testing Association (INETA). 12. Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (MFMA). 13. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA).

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulations: Work, materials and equipment shall comply with the latest rules and regulations specified in the reference codes and standards in the previous paragraph.

B. Discrepancies: The drawings and specifications are intended to comply with listed codes, ordinances, regulations and standards. Where discrepancies occur, immediately notify the ODR in writing and ask for an interpretation. Should installed materials or workmanship fail to comply, the Contractor is responsible for correcting the improper installation. Additionally, where sizes, capacities, or other such features are required in excess of minimum code or standards requirements, provide those specified or shown.

C. Where differences within or between laws, code and standards exist, the law, code or standard having the most stringent requirement shall govern.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contractor Qualifications: An acceptable Contractor for the work under this division must have personnel with experience, training and skill to provide a practical working system. The Contractor shall furnish acceptable evidence of having installed not less than three systems of size and type comparable to this project. All personnel installing equipment under this Division shall possess valid City of Houston licenses for their skill level.

1.6 AUTOMATED EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS

A. Equipment and control systems where applicable, should match, integrate, communicate or coordinate with existing systems, such as building automation, switchgear, breakers, transformers, etc.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal requirements are described in the Conditions of the Contract and in Section 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. Furnish submittals for the items listed in the individual Sections.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Conditions: Provide new products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. Provide the manufacturer's latest standard design for the type of product specified.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Products shall be U.S. made, ODR reserves the right to approve or disapprove products of foreign manufacture.

B. NEC and UL: Products shall conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code. Where Underwriters' Laboratories have set standards, listed products and issued labels, products used shall be listed and labeled by UL.

C. Space Limitations: Equipment selected shall conform to the building features and shall be coordinated with them. Do not provide equipment that will not suit arrangement and space limitations.

D. Factory Finish: Equipment shall be delivered with a hard surface, factory-applied finish so that no additional field painting is required except for touch-up. Repaired finishes shall be equal to factory finishes in durability, corrosion protection, color and sheen.

2.2 NAMEPLATES AND DEVICE MARKING

A. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic 1-inch high, 3 inches long, 3/32-inch thick with 3/16-inch high Roman Gothic letters. For devices on normal power, letters shall be white on black background. For devices on emergency power, letters shall be white on red background. Provide blank nameplates for spare units and spaces. Attach nameplates only with stainless steel screws.

B. Where it is impractical to affix nameplates to devices, (e.g. small boxes, snap switches, receptacles, conduits, conductors, etc.), provide labels from ½-inch wide clear plastic tape with adhesive backing. Letters shall be ¼-inch high, black for devices on normal power and red for devices on emergency power. Tape shall be Brother Type “P-Touch” or approved equal.

C. Provide nameplates and labels for devices as listed in the individual Sections.

2.3 HARDWARE

A. Bolts, nuts, washers, fasteners and other hardware used to set or support equipment and devices shall be either hot-dipped galvanized steel, malleable iron, suitable stainless steel, or suitable non- ferrous metal.

B. Hardware for terminations at transformers, grounding buses, etc. and for terminations of conductors greater than 600V shall have minimum of SAE Grade 5 carbon steel hex head cap screws with two flat washers, a split-ring lock washer and a Grade 5 hex nut (all zinc plated).

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Install electrical systems in accordance with the latest issue of the ANSI/NECA “Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction” except where more stringent or restrictive requirements are specified herein.

B. The manufacturer's published directions shall be followed in the delivery, storage, protection, installation, and wiring of equipment and material. The Contractor shall promptly notify the ODR, in writing, of any conflict between the requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturers' directions, and shall obtain instructions from him before proceeding with the work. Should the Contractor perform any such work that does not comply with the manufacturers' directions or such instructions from the ODR, he shall bear all costs arising in connection with the deficiencies. UL listed products are to be installed in accordance with their listing and any applicable UL Guide information for the product’s Category Code.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Supervision: 1. Contractor of the work under this Division shall keep a competent superintendent or foreman on the job at all times. 2. It shall be the responsibility of such superintendent to review the Contract Documents and familiarize himself with the work and coordinate his work with other trades and before material is fabricated or installed, make sure that his work will not cause an interference with another trade. Where interferences are encountered, they shall be resolved at the job site by the Contractor. Where interferences cannot be resolved without major changes to the Drawings, the matter shall be referred to the ODR for resolution.

D. Site Observation: 1. Site observation will be by the ODR, the Owners technical staff and the Architect/Engineer and is for the express purpose of verifying compliance by the Contractor with the Contract Documents, and shall not be construed as construction supervision nor indication of approval of the manner or location in which the work is being performed as being a safe practice or place.

E. Existing Facilities: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him and his workmen, and shall be responsible for repairing or replacing such loss or damage. The Contractor shall send proper notices, make necessary arrangements, and perform other services required for the care, protection and in service maintenance of electrical services for the new and existing facilities. The Contractor shall erect temporary barricades, with necessary safety devices, as required to protect personnel from injury, removing such temporary protection upon completion of the work. 2. The Contractor shall provide temporary or new services to existing facilities as required to maintain their proper operation when normal services are disrupted as a result of the work being accomplished under this project. 3. Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing utilities, Contractor shall remove doors, piping, conduit, outlet boxes, wiring, light fixtures, air conditioning ductwork and equipment, etc., to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon completion of work in the areas affected. 4. Where partitions, walls, floors, or ceilings of existing construction are to be removed, Contractor shall remove and reinstall in locations approved by the ODR all devices required for the operation of the various systems installed in the existing construction. This is to include, but is not limited to control wiring, pneumatic tubing, and piping for temperature controls, temperature control system devices, electrical switches, relays, fixtures, piping, conduit, etc. 5. Outages of services as required by the new installation will be permitted but only at a time approved by the ODR. The Contractor shall allow the ODR two weeks to schedule required outages. The time allowed for outages will not be during normal working hours unless otherwise approved by the ODR. All costs of outages, including overtime charges, shall be included in the contract amount.

3.2 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT

A. Moisture: During construction, protect switchgear, transformers, control equipment, and other items from insulation moisture absorption and metallic component corrosion by appropriate use of strip heaters, lamps or other suitable means. Apply protection immediately upon receiving the products, and maintain continually.

B. Clean: Keep products clean by elevating above ground or floor and by using suitable coverings.

C. Damage: Take such precautions as are necessary to protect apparatus and materials from damage. Failure to protect materials is sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or material in question.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 4 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

D. Finish: Protect factory finish from damage during construction operations until acceptance of the project. Satisfactorily restore any finishes that become stained or damaged.

3.3 RENTAL GENERATOR REMOVAL

A. The Contractor shall remove the rental genset from the roof. The Contractor shall lower the generator from the roof, and transport them to the rental suppliers location.

B. In addition to removing rental genset, the Contractor shall remove all conductors associated the unit. The contractor shall also remove/re-route conduit associated with the unit per plans. The contractor shall also remove any lightning protecton system installed on the unit or connected to the unit. Seal weathertight all roof penetrations after removal of the genset.

3.4 GENERATOR INSTALLATION

A. The generator and all of its associated appurtenances shall be transported to the site, and lifted onto the roof. This installation shall be done on the same day as the removal of the rental genset in order to minimize road closures.

B. In addition to lifting the generator, the Contractor is to install all appurtenances to the generator in accordance with the manufacturer’s direction. These appurtenances include but are not limited to the muffler, vibration isolators, flex connection between the engine and muffler, exhaust pipe from muffler, and battery starting system. The generator vendor will provide start-up services.

C. The Contractor shall submit, four weeks prior to the installation, an installation schedule and sequence for review. The contractor is responsible for obtaining any and all permits required for street closures, etc., associated with the generator installation.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. Cooperation with Other Trades: Cooperate with trades of adjacent, related or affected materials or operations, and with trades performing continuations of this work to effect timely and accurate placing of work and to bring together, in proper and correct sequence, the work of such trades. Provide to other trades, as required, necessary templates, patterns, setting plans and shop details for the proper installation of the work and for the purpose of coordinating adjacent work. Verify electrical characteristics of equipment before roughing in the electrical connections.

B. Setting of Equipment: Equipment must be leveled and set plumb. Sheet metal enclosures mounted against a wall must be separated from the wall not less than 1/4 inch by means of metal spacers or by 3 inches of air for freestanding units.

C. Sealing of Equipment: Seal openings into equipment to prevent entrance of insects.

D. Support: Conduits and other raceways shall be adequately and properly supported from the building structure by means of hanger rods, clamps, or other methods as herein specified.

E. Accessories: Offsets, fittings, expansion joints, anchors and accessories that are required for a complete system shall be provided even if not specifically indicated on the drawings or mentioned in the specifications. Offsets, transitions and changes in direction of conduit, shall be made to maintain proper headroom. Provide necessary pull-boxes, fittings, etc., required as a result of these transitions and changes in direction.

F. Exposed Work: Conduits shall be installed exposed.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 5 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

G. Conduits and other raceways shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Conduits and raceways run exposed in machinery and equipment rooms shall be installed parallel and perpendicular to the building lines at a height consistent with other building systems conduit and piping in the area, but at a minimum height of 8 feet AFF, except within dedicated equipment space.

H. Damaged galvanized finishes shall be touched-up with an inorganic, zinc-rich paint.

3.6 EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE MARKING

A. Externally mark equipment, and similar items with nameplates and labels having the same designations as indicated on the contract documents.

B. Provide nameplates for transformers, transfer switches, disconnect switches, panelboards, large pull and junction boxes and similar type equipment. Nameplate is to identify power source, device designation, load served and voltage characteristics.

C. Fasten nameplates to the front of equipment only by means of stainless steel self-tapping screws. Stick-on or adhesives will not be allowed unless the NEMA enclosure rating is compromised, then only epoxy adhesive shall be used to attach nameplates.

D. Provide labels for small boxes, snap switches, receptacles and other power outlets.

E. Panelboards: Prepare a neatly typed circuit directory behind clear heat-resistant plastic in a metal frame attached to the inside of the door for each panelboard. Identify circuits by equipment served and by room numbers where room numbers exist. Indicate spares and spaces with light, erasable pencil marking. Adhesive mounted directory pocket is not acceptable.

F. Identify conduits connected to pull, junction and outlet boxes with the circuit numbers for the conductors contained therein.

G. Where more than one circuit is contained in the same pull or junction box, identify the individual phase and neutral conductors with permanent brass tags that show the circuit designation.

H. Boxes and covers containing emergency circuits shall be painted red.

I. Equipment and Raceways Over 600 Volts: Provide “WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE - KEEP OUT” signs on all equipment. With 2-inch-high lettering, mark all pull boxes, junction boxes, and exposed raceways containing conductors installed in this project and operating in excess of 600 volts every 50 feet, and in each room and at each wall or floor penetration, with the words "WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE - ____ VOLTS – CIRCUIT NO._____ (fill in designation such as "GEN-2").

3.7 TESTING

A. Test Conditions: Place circuits and equipment into service under normal and emergency conditions, collectively and separately, as may be necessary to determine satisfactory operation. Perform specified tests in the presence of the ODR. Furnish instruments, wiring, equipment, materials, labor, and personnel required for conducting tests. Demonstrate that the equipment operates in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. Special tests on certain items are specified hereinafter. Where such testing is specified, it shall be performed by an independent testing company, selected by the Owner. Submit copies of test reports to the ODR.

B. Test Dates: Schedule final acceptance sufficiently in advance of the contract date to permit completion of any necessary adjustment or alterations within the number of days allotted for

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 6 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

completion of the contract. Inform the ODR at least 10 working days in advance of test dates and other specification requirements requiring action on the part of the ODR.

C. Retests: If retesting is required due to initial failure, conduct retests of such time duration as may be necessary to assure proper functioning of adjusted or altered parts or items of equipment. Any resultant delay as a result of such necessary retests does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under this contract.

END OF SECTION 26 00 00

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 7 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 19 - INSULATED CONDUCTORS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies the furnishing and installation of insulated conductors.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. AEIC No. 6 - Specifications for Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Power Cables 5,000 to 35,000 Volts.

B. ANSI/IEEE 386 - Separable Insulated Connectors for Power Distribution Systems Above 600 Volts.

C. ANSI/UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables.

D. ANSI/UL 1072 - Medium-Voltage Power Cables.

E. IEEE No. 48 - Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Alternating- Current Cable Terminations.

F. ICEA S-61-402 (NEMA WC 5) - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy.

G. ICEA S-68-516 (NEMA WC 8) - Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy.

H. ANSI/UL 2196 ”Tests for Fire Resistive Cables”

I. CSA C22.2 #124

J. UL Fire Resistance Directory

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on the following: 1. 600-volt conductor, splicing and terminating materials. 2. 5 kV insulated conductor, splicing and terminating materials.

B. Provide cable high voltage factory test reports.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 IDENTIFICATION

A. Provide new insulated conductors marked according to NEC Article 310.

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

2.2 600-VOLT INSULATED CONDUCTORS

A. Size. As shown on the drawings.

B. Construction. 1. Conductor. Soft-drawn, annealed copper. Solid for #12 and #10 and Stranded for all other sizes. 2. Insulation. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, use THHN/THWN-2 for general wiring. Use XHHW-XHHW-2 for conductors installed below grade.

C. Use. For general wiring use No. 12 minimum. For field-installed control wiring use No. 14 or larger stranded conductors.

D. Listing. Single Conductor. UL 83.

2.3 5000-VOLT INSULATED CONDUCTORS (133% INSULATION)

A. Size. As shown on the drawings.

B. Single Conductor Construction. 1. Single uncoated annealed copper conductor with Class B stranding. 2. Extruded semi-conducting thermosetting conductor screen firmly bonded to the overlaying insulation. 3. Ethylene-propylene-rubber (EPR) insulation 115 mils thick. 4. Extruded semi-conducting thermosetting insulation screen. 5. Copper shielding tape 5 mils thick helically applied with a minimum 12.5 percent overlap or 6 corrugated drain wires embedded in jacket. 6. Polyvinyl chloride jacket 60 mils thick.

C. High Voltage Factory Test. 1. Corona level test with a maximum partial discharge of 5 picocoulombs. 2. AC test: 9 kV for 5 minutes. 3. DC test: 25 kV for 15 minutes. 4. Insulation resistance test: IR constant to be 50,000 megohms per 1000 feet minimum. 5. Use test procedures given in ICEA S-93-639. 6. Certified test reports with test data and corona level plots are to be submitted for review prior to shipment. 7. Engineer may witness test.

D. Type. Single Conductor. MV-105.

E. Listing. UL 1072.

F. Acceptable Manufacturers. Okonite, Southwire, Prysmian, Kerite.

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

2.4 HIGH VOLTAGE TERMINATIONS

A. Terminations. 1. At transformers use Elastimold or RTE 15 kV class, 200-ampere load-break submersible, fully shielded, pre-molded, elbow connector with tape shield adapter for use on 5 kV cables with 133 percent insulation level. In addition, at each transformer provide a 5Kv fully shielded dead front MOVE (Metal Oxide Varistor Elbow). Arrester shall have a 2.55Kv MCOV (Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage). Ground arrester as shown on plans.

B. Compatibility. Terminating materials must be compatible with the cable supplied. Submit proof of the acceptability by the cable manufacturer of any splicing or terminating materials.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Protection. Unless otherwise indicated, mechanically protect conductors for systems by installing in raceways. Do not install the conductors until raceway system is complete and properly cleaned. Use Polywater J cable lubricant when pulling conductors. Do not bend any conductor either permanently or temporarily during installation to radii less than four times the outer diameter of 600-volt insulated conductors, or less than twelve times the outer diameter of the completed 15 kV cable. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended values for maximum pulling tension.

B. Splices and Terminations. Use pressure-type lugs or connectors for terminations or splices of all stranded conductors. Use ring-tongue type terminators on all control wiring. Below grade terminations shall be waterproof.

C. Appearance. Neatly and securely bundle or cable all conductors in an enclosure using nylon straps with a locking hub or head on one end and a taper on the other.

3.2 600-VOLT INSULATED CONDUCTORS

A. Size. Install conductor sizes as indicated.

B. Home Runs. Provide branch circuit homeruns as indicated on plans. Homerun designations are indicated on Sheet E-001. Provide the number of homeruns as indicated on plans. A maximum of 6 phase conductors may be installed in one conduit. Include a separate neutral conductor with each phase conductor for all 120V circuits. Common neutrals are not permitted. For 277V lighting circuits one neutral conductor may be used for three phase conductors. Use home run circuit numbers as indicated for panelboard connections. For isolated ground circuits provide an additional ground conductor as indicated on the panel schedules. Provide No. 10 AWG conductor for the entire circuit length for single-phase, 20 ampere circuits for which the distance from panelboard to the last outlet is more than 100 feet for 120 volt circuits and 200 feet for 277 volt circuits.

C. Color Code. Use factory-colored insulated conductors for No. 10 and smaller conductors and color code larger insulated conductors with an approved field-applied tape. Use different colors for control wiring. Follow the color scheme below.

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Line 208/120 480/277

A or L1 Black Brown B or L2 Red Purple C or L3 Blue Yellow Neutral White Gray Ground Green Green Switch Leg Pink Pink Where more than one conductor of the same phase or more than one neutral conductor occur at the same outlet or junction box, these conductors shall be identifiable from each other by use of stripes or distinguishing markings. All wiring associated with isolated ground receptacles (line, neutral, ground) shall have a yellow tracer on each conductor.

D. Field Testing. Insulation resistance of all conductors shall be tested. Each conductor shall have its insulation resistance tested after the installation is completed and all splices, taps and connections are made except connection to or into its source and point (or points) of termination. Insulation resistance of conductors which are to operate at 600 volts or less shall be tested by using a Biddle Megger of not less than 1000 volts d-c. Insulation resistance of conductors rated at 600 volts shall be free of shorts and grounds and have a minimum resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground of at least 10 megohms. Conductors that do not exceed insulation resistance values listed above shall be removed at Contractor's expense and replaced and test repeated. The Contractor shall furnish all instruments and personnel required for tests, shall tabulate readings observed, and shall forward copies of the test readings to the Owner in accordance with Section 26 05 00. These test reports shall identify each conductor tested, date and time of test and weather conditions. Each test shall be signed by the party making the test.

3.3 5 KV INSULATED CONDUCTORS

A. Bonding. At each termination, bond tape shield to grounding conductor.

B. Terminations. Provide terminations as specifically indicated. Have terminations installed by an experienced cable terminator in strict accordance with the termination manufacturer's instructions and the cable manufacturer's recommendations. Submit cable terminator's qualifications for Owner's approval.

C. Fireproofing. Fireproof each individual high voltage insulated conductor for entire length exposed in existing manhole PMH 22D. Use Scotch 77 tape with Scotch 69 glass cloth overlay wrapped in the opposite direction. Provide a minimum 25 percent overlap of each tape layer.

D. Installation. Wrap cables horizontally around manhole a minimum of one time before exiting. Cable racks for cable support are existing. Use plastic cable ties to secure cables to racks.

E. Identification. Identify each circuit in manhole with a laminated plastic tag securely fastened to the conductors with tie wrap.

F. Field Testing: 1. High potential proof tests shall be made on all high voltage cables before final inspection and acceptance of work. Thirty days before the installation of cables is complete and ready for testing, the Contractor shall notify the Owner for approval of the testing company. The Contractor shall cooperate with and give all necessary assistance to this agency while the tests are being conducted. In the event of a test

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 4 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

failure, Contractor shall repair any defects in installation and re-test at no additional cost to Owner. 2. A non-destructive dc testing service, such as “Kenotron,” Westinghouse “High Pot Tester,” or approved substitution, capable of generating approximately 100,000 Vdc under normal leakage conditions of acceptable cable shall be used for the tests. 3. All cables shall be tested in place with terminations made up but not connected to switchgear or any other load device or dead-end seal. Cables with dead-end seals shall be temporarily opened and resealed. 4. In case of failure during the test, the Contractor shall locate the faulty component. The Owner shall be notified before repairs are made. 5. Should the test reports indicate that the condition of the cable is unsatisfactory, in the opinion of the Owner, the Contractor shall make all repairs and/or replacements as necessary. Additional tests shall be made at the Contractor’s expense, on all repaired sections using the same testing agency. Cable installations will not be accepted until satisfactory certified proof test reports are obtained. 6. Adequate means shall be taken to ensure safety during the tests and all safety instructions of the test operator shall be carried out. 7. Prior to each high potential test, each high voltage cable conductor shall be separately “megged” with a 2,500-volt mega-ohms meter, or equal, from conductor to sheath or ground. Low megger readings of less than 25 mega-ohms shall be cause for rejection of the cables.

G. Each cable shall be tested for a minimum of 10 minutes or until the current reading levels off and remains steady for at least 3 minutes. The potential shall be raised at a slow uniform rate with current readings taken every 15 seconds until full test voltage is reached; thereafter, current readings shall be recorded separately. The removal of the voltage shall be done in a manner to prevent damaging the cable.

H. The test voltage shall be in accordance with ICEA recommended values except where the cable terminates in a switch or switchgear with a lower recommended test value, in which case the lower value shall be used. Cables with one or more switching points in a cable run shall be sectionalized with the switches and tested in sections in order to test the cable at the highest possible voltage which the ICEA recommends.

END OF SECTION

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 5 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Power system grounding.

B. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. Design, test, assemble and install grounding and bonding system in conformance to the latest edition of the following applicable industry standards:

B. ANSI/IEEE Std 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.

C. ANSI/UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

D. IEEE 1100 - Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment (IEEE Emerald Book).

E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Ground the separately derived system neutral (transformer), if present.

B. Bond together neutrals, equipment enclosures, exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and receptacle ground connectors.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on the following: 1. Grounding conductors and hardware.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Grounding system components shall be as required to comply with the design and construction of the system indicated.

B. Grounding conductors. 1. Materials. a. Provide 600-volt insulated conductors having a green-colored insulation for grounding electrode and equipment grounding conductors. Use stranded conductors. b. Conduit grounding conductors shall be insulated copper conductor, green in color to size #6 AWG. Insulated conductors larger than #6 AWG shall be same as phase conductors but identified with green tape at each accessible opening or location in raceway. c. Provide bare conductors for bonding jumpers. 2. Listing. UL 83.

GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Connections. 1. Materials. Provide mechanical bolted-type connections utilizing high conductive copper alloy or bronze lugs or clamps. Where required, provide plated connectors that will not cause electrolytic action between the conductor and the connector. 2. Listing. UL 467.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Install ground system as indicated in accordance with the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code.

B. Install grounding conductors continuous, between equipment and grounding electrodes.

C. Size. When grounding and bonding conductors are not sized on drawings, size the conductors in accordance with NEC Table 250-122.

D. In feeder and branch circuits, provide a separate, green, insulated equipment-grounding conductor with the circuit conductors. Bond the grounding conductor to each junction box, pull box, outlet box, auxiliary gutter, wireway, surface metal raceway and transformer, enclosure and other metallic enclosures.

E. Ground each outlet box, pull box, and junction box by the use of a #10-32 machine screw fastened to the tapped hole of the box with an insulated conductor pigtail. For circuits greater than 20 amps, bolts, nuts and washers may be required.

3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

A. Raceway Systems and Equipment Enclosures. 1. Ground cabinets, junction boxes, outlet boxes, raceways, fittings, transformer enclosures, other electrical equipment and metallic enclosures. Ground equipment and enclosures to the continuous-grounded metallic raceway system in addition to any other specific grounding shown. 2. Provide bonding jumpers and grounding conductors throughout to ensure electrical continuity of the grounding system. 3. Provide grounding-type insulated bushings for metal conduits 1-1/2 inches and larger terminating in equipment enclosures containing a ground bus and connect the bushing to the ground bus.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation.

END OF SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Conduit: 1. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. 2. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit and fittings.

B. Boxes: 1. Outlet boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated.

B. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.

C. ANSI/UL 360 – Liquid-tight Flexible Steel Conduit.

D. ANSI/UL 467 – Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

E. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports.

F. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

G. UL 6 – Rigid Metal Conduit.

H. ANSI/NECA 101-2001 – Standard for Installing Steel Conduit.

1.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Handle raceways carefully to avoid damage, breaking, denting and scoring. Damaged equipment or materials shall not be installed.

B. Store raceways in a clean dry space and protected from the weather.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS

A. Conduit and fittings for electrical systems as required for this project shall include the following: 1. Electrical power 2. Controls

B. Rigid metal conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. Fittings, conduit bodies and accessories shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron and shall be threaded type. Contractor’s Option: Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) and compatible fittings.

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Liquid-tight flexible conduit and fittings shall consist of single strip, continuous, flexible interlocked, double-wrapped steel, galvanized inside and outside, forming smooth internal wiring channel with liquid-tight covering of flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC).

D. Bushings for galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be insulated hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Specification Grade Type HB or approved equal.

E. Grounding type bushings for galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be insulated hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Specification Grade Type HBL or approved equal.

F. Bushings for liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be insulated throat hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Type 4 Q-TG or approved equal.

2.2 OUTLET BOXES

A. Provide Type FD Cast Iron outlet boxes as applicable.

2.3 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

A. Boxes for conductors over 600 volts shall be 0.25-inch steel plate hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Boxes to have bolt-on bottom covers. Box sizes are shown on drawings.

B. Unless otherwise indicated boxes shall be galvanized sheet metal with screw-on cover and welded seams, stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers.

C. Unless otherwise indicated boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimension shall be panelboard code gauge galvanized steel with hinged cover.

D. Boxes shall be sized in accordance with NEC unless sizes are indicated on the drawings.

E. Provide nameplates or tapes to identify boxes per Section 26 00 00.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - CONDUIT

A. Install products in accordance with the applicable requirements of NEC and ANSI/NECA 101-2001 except where more stringent or restrictive requirements are specified herein.

B. Install raceway and conduit system from point of origin in outlets shown, complete with offsets, pull boxes, junction boxes and fittings. Minimum conduit size shall be ¾ inch.

C. Install rigid hot-dipped galvanized steel (RGS) conduit except as follows: 1. Liquid-tight. Install liquid-tight flexible metal conduit for connections to rotating, vibrating, moving or movable equipment, including dry-type transformers and emergency generators. Install external ground wire on flexible conduit with grounding bushings. Maximum length shall be 6'-0", minimum to be 2'-0". 2. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC). At Contractor’s option, RAC may be installed in lieu of RGS conduit.

D. Install conduits parallel to building lines, and supported on metal framing channel, trapeze hangers, conduit straps or other devices specifically designed for the purpose. Plastic anchors, wire ties and hanger wire are not permitted. Fasten conduit with the following material:

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

1. Wood screws on wood 2. Toggle bolts on hollow masonry 3. Bolts and expansion anchors in concrete or brick 4. Machine screws, threaded rods and clamps on steel 5. Conduit clips on steel joists.

E. Install conduit exposed.

F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Tape covering conduit ends is not allowed.

G. Provide 200 lb. nylon cord in empty conduit.

H. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, install firestopping material around conduits per Specification Section 7270- Penetration Seals.

I. Where conduits penetrate non-fire-rated walls and floors, seal voids around conduits and where conduits are exposed to view, provide chrome plated floor and ceiling plates properly sized to fit conduits when securely locked in place.

J. Conduit threads that are cut in the field shall be touched-up with an inorganic, zinc-rich paint.

END OF SECTION 26 05 33

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 43 - UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS

GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. This Section includes underground duct banks for power systems.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ANSI C80.1 - Specifications for Zinc-Coated Rigid Steel Conduit.

B. ANSI/ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.

C. ANSI/ASTM A 615 - Specifications for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

D. ANSI/NEMA TC 6 - PVC and ABS Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation.

E. ANSI/NEMA TC 9 - Fittings for ABS and PVC Plastic Utilities Duct for Underground Installation.

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Refer to Section 26 05 00, Electrical General Provisions.

PRODUCTS

1.4 DUCTS AND FITTINGS

A. Unless otherwise noted on plans, provide 4-inch ducts which conform to the requirements for Type DB. Provide fittings of the same type material as the ducts.

1.5 CONCRETE

A. Provide concrete conforming to the following.

B. Compressive Strength. 2500 psi at 28 days.

C. Slump. Not exceeding 6 inches.

D. Aggregate Size. Maximum of 3/4 inch.

E. Additive. Red ferrous oxide concrete coloring pigment mixed at the rate of 4 pounds per sack of cement. Additive required for medium voltage duct banks only.

1.6 REINFORCING BARS

A. Provide Grade 60 reinforcing bars. See plans.

UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 26 05 43 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

EXECUTION

1.7 CONSTRUCTION

A. Duct bank configuration and reinforcement are detailed on the drawings.

1.8 LOCATION AND INSPECTION

A. Before beginning trenching operations, stake out the proposed duct bank routing and obtain approval of the Owner’s Representative. After trenching has begun and before any ducts or conduits are placed, notify the Engineer so that the trenching and installation may be inspected. Also notify the Owner’s Representative prior to any placement of concrete for duct banks, so that he may observe the placing.

1.9 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL

A. Excavation. Excavate trenches for installation of duct banks. Form the trench bottom to follow closely the specified grade for the duct banks.

B. Backfill. Trenches may be backfilled with excavated soil and supplemented as necessary with select materials. Compact the backfill and mound slightly above natural grade.

C. Restoration. Restore adjacent areas disturbed by trenching or backfilling to a condition equal to the original.

1.10 PLACING OF DUCT BANKS

A. Cover. Unless otherwise shown, provide a minimum 2.5 feet of earth cover.

B. Grade. Place ductbanks with a minimum grade of 4 inches per 100 feet. Grade between manholes may be from one manhole to the next manhole or from a high point between manholes. Where terminating ducts inside of buildings, slope the grade away from the building to the nearest manhole.

C. Changes in Direction. Make changes in direction of runs exceeding a total of 10 degrees, either horizontal or vertical, by using long sweep bends. Long sweep bends must have a minimum radius of curvature of 25 feet and may be made up of one or more curved or straight sections. Manufactured bends having a minimum radius of curvature of 3 feet may be used at the ends of duct runs which are less than 100 feet in length.

D. Joints. Make joints in ducts and conduits watertight, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Stagger joints in adjacent ducts and conduits a minimum of 6 inches. Make joints between ducts and conduit with appropriate no-thread-to-threaded adapters.

E. Spacing. Space ducts and conduits a minimum of 2 inches from adjacent ducts. Place spacers or separators on not greater than 5-foot centers. Use spacers or separators made of plastic, concrete or a suitable nonmetallic, nondecaying material.

F. Termination. Where ducts terminate in manholes or buildings, use rigid galvanized steel conduit for the terminal 10-foot section of the duct. Terminate conduits with "end-bell" fittings, unless otherwise noted. Provide a watertight plug in all spare conduits that terminate in manholes.

UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 26 05 43 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

1.11 PLACING OF CONCRETE

A. Place concrete using chutes and tremies as necessary to limit the free drop of the mix to a maximum of 2 feet. Carefully rod or vibrate the concrete to aid uniform encasement of the ducts. Smooth the top of the pour with a float. Encase the duct in concrete, a minimum thickness of 3 inches.

1.12 CLEANING

A. Thoroughly clean all ducts and conduits before placing. During construction and after the duct line is completed, plug open ends of ducts and conduits to prevent the entrance of foreign matter. After the duct line has been completed, pull a flexible mandrel through each duct and conduit. The mandrel must not be less than 12 inches long with a diameter approximately 1/4 inch less than the inside diameter of the duct or conduit. After cleaning, place in each duct and conduit a No. 30 nylon line with a plastic tag on each end reading "Pulling Line."

END OF SECTION

UNDERGROUND DUCT BANKS 26 05 43 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 53

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Nameplates and tape labels. B. Wire and cable markers. C. Conduit color coding and labeling. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (latest edition) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with and in additional to Section 26 00 00, Basic Electrical Requirements, and Division 01for submittal requirement. 1. Furnish nameplate identification schedules listing equipment type and nameplate data with letter sizes and nameplate material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Equipment Nameplates: 1. For normal power electrical equipment, provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates, engraved white letters on a black background. 2. For emergency equipment provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with engraved white letters on a red background. 3. For fire alarm system provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on a yellow background. B. Conductor Color Tape and Heat Shrink: 1. Colored vinyl electrical tape shall be applied perpendicular to the long dimension of the cable or conductor. 2. In applications utilizing tray cable, heat shrinkable tubing shall be used to obtain the proper color coding for the length of the conductor in the cabinet or enclosure. Variations to the cable color coding due to standard types of wire or cables are not acceptable. C. Warning labels: Provide warning labels with black lettering on red background with a minimum of 1/2" lettering. D. Tape Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with minimum 1/4-inch letters for labeling receptacles, switches, control device stations, junction and pull boxes and manual motor starter units, etc. 1. White letters on black background for normal power. 2. White letters on red background for emergency/standby power. 3. J-Box and Cover plate Voltage Labels: Black stenciled letters 1/4" high. Adhesive back tapes may be used if a clear tape is applied over the label for protection. PART 3 - EXECUTION

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

3.1 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates or tape labels. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure plastic nameplates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Use of adhesives shall be per Owner’s approval. Secure nameplate to outside face of flush mounted panelboard doors in finished locations. 3.2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits. Label control wire with number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams or equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. B. Conductors for power circuits to be identified per the following schedule:

Conductor System Voltage 480/277V 208/120V Phase A Brown Black Phase B Purple Red Phase C Yellow Blue Neutral Gray White

Grounding Green Green

3.3 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE A. Provide nameplates of minimum letter height as scheduled below. Nameplates shall be same as equipment names indicated on the Drawings. B. Individual Circuit Breakers in Distribution Panelboards, Disconnect Switches, Motor Starters, and Contactors: 1/4-inch; identify source to device and the load it serves, including location. C. Dry Type Transformers Not in Substations: 3/8-inch; identify equipment designation. 1/4-inch; identify primary and secondary voltages, primary source, and secondary load and location. D. Automatic Transfer Switches: 3/8-inch; white letters and red background; identify equipment designation 1/4-inch; identify voltage rating, normal source, standby source and load served including location. E. Panelboards: 3/8-inch; identify equipment designation. 1/4 -inch; identify source, voltage and bus rating. 3.4 ENCLOSURE COLOR CODING A. The following systems shall have each junction and pull box cover completely painted per the following:

System Color of Box Cover

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

System Color of Box Cover

Emergency Power Red Fire Alarm Yellow

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 3

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 12 19 - PAD-MOUNTED LIQUID-FILLED TRANSFORMERS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This section specifies the furnishing of dead-front, pad-mounted, liquid-filled transformer.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ANSI/ANSI C57.12.26 - Pad-Mounted Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers for use with Separable Insulated High-Voltage Connectors, (12,470 GRD Y/7200 V and Below; 2500 kVA and Smaller).

B. ANSI/ANSI C57.12.70 - Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers.

C. ANSI/IEEE Std. 262 - Test Code for Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers.

D. ANSI/IEEE Std. 462 - General Requirements for Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers.

E. NEMA TR-1 - Transformers, Regulators and Reactors.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 1300, the following minimum information for each size and type of transformer being provided: 1. Manufacturer and year manufactured. 2. Rated kVA, number of phases and frequency. 3. Primary voltage and connection. 4. Secondary voltage and connection. 5. Number and percent taps. 6. Percent impedance. 7. Outline dimensions. 8. Total weight of unit with and without oil. 9. Oil capacity. 10. Core and coil materials. 11. Material safety data sheet for insulating liquid

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 TYPE

A. Provide outdoor, pad-mounted, 3-phase, 2-winding, 60-hertz, mineral-oil-immersed, self- cooled transformers with integral dead front high voltage cable terminating compartment and integral live front low voltage cable terminating compartments.

2.2 RATING

A. Voltage. 1. High Voltage (Primary). Delta, 4160 volts.

PAD MOUNTED LIQUID FILLED TRANSFORMERS 26 12 19 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

2. Low Voltage (Secondary) 480Y/277V volts.

B. Capacity. See Plans.

C. Impedance. 5.75%, + or – 7.5%.

D. BIL. 60kV at high voltage and 60kV at low voltage.

E. 55/65 degrees C temperature rise over 30 degree C ambient.

2.3 TAPS

A. Provide each transformer with two 2-1/2 percent above and two 2-1/2 percent below rated voltage, full-current-rated taps for changing under no load. Include externally mounted handle for tap changer.

2.4 TANK

A. Lifting Lugs. Provide lifting lugs on the tank adequate to lift the completely assembled unit, including insulating liquid.

B. Jacking Provisions. Provide jack bosses on the tank to permit jacking.

C. Tamper-proof. Make tank unit of steel tamper-proof construction, with no fastening devices externally removable.

2.5 TERMINAL COMPARTMENTS ENCLOSURE

A. Provide steel full-height, air-filled, high and low voltage terminal compartments, side by side, separated by a steel barrier and each compartment with a hinged door. To facilitate making connections and to permit cable pulling, make the door and the compartment hoods removable. Provide removable sills on compartment doors to permit rolling or skidding of unit into place over conduit stub-ups in pad. Make compartments of tamper-proof construction, with no screws, bolts or other fastening devices externally removable.

2.6 HIGH VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT

A. General. Fabricate this compartment so as to enclose the high voltage bushings and provide for bottom entrance of 5Kv conductors.

B. Access. Use a fastening device in the low voltage compartment that must be released to permit opening or removal of door to the high voltage compartment.

C. Surge Arresters. Provide distribution type surge arresters at transformers as shown on the plans. Furnish Metal-Oxide Varistor Elbow (MOVE) type arresters rated at 5 kV, 2.55Kv MCOV.

D. Fuses. Provide oil immersed, load break, bayonet fuse holder with expulsion style fuses. In addition, provide an oil submersible protector with current limiting fuses rated for 50,000 AIC. Current limiting fuses shall be placed in series with expulsion fuses.

E. High Voltage Bushings. Provide 200A bushing wells, load-break bushing inserts and load break type separable 5 kV elbow connectors.

PAD MOUNTED LIQUID FILLED TRANSFORMERS 26 12 19 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

2.7 LOW VOLTAGE COMPARTMENT

A. General. Fabricate this compartment so as to enclose the low voltage terminals and provide for bottom entrance of conductors. Provide ample space for termination of incoming cables.

B. Access. Make unit so that removing the padlock on the door, permits access to the low voltage compartment when the compartment door is opened.

C. Low Voltage Bushings. Provide properly ANSI-rated bushings suitable for live-front stress cone termination of 5 kV conductors.

2.8 FINISHES

A. Clean all metal surfaces to the bare metal. Apply a rust-preventive primer and a weather- resistant epoxy-base paint. Finish paint the transformer with manufacturer’s standard beige color meeting the requirements of ANSI C57.12.28. Apply an undercoating over the regular finish to surfaces that are to be in contact with the concrete pad to minimize corrosion.

2.9 ACCESSORIES

A. Provide accessories required for the proper installation of the transformer according to the applicable ANSI standard. Provide liquid level gauge, dial type thermometer, provision for pressure vacuum gauge, fill plug and filter press connection, pressure relief valve, liquid level plug, drain valve and sampling device, and a ground pad in each compartment.

2.10 IMPULSE TESTS

A. Factory test the high voltage windings of each transformer with an impulse test in conformance with the applicable standard. Submit three copies of the test reports to the Owner's representative.

2.11 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable manufacturers are GE Company, Square D, Eaton Cutler Hammer

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Place transformer on concrete pad as shown on the drawings.

3.2 TAP SETTING

A. Select the appropriate tap setting so the actual secondary voltage is +1/2 of a tap span.

B. Record the transformer serial number, kVA rating, selected tap setting and secondary voltage readings.

C. Submit copies of the recorded tap settings and voltages to the Owner's representative in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals.

3.3 INSPECTION

PAD MOUNTED LIQUID FILLED TRANSFORMERS 26 12 19 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

A. Thoroughly inspect transformer units for loose connections and presence of foreign materials and remedy prior to energizing. Touch up as required.

END OF SECTION

PAD MOUNTED LIQUID FILLED TRANSFORMERS 26 12 19 - 4 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 28 13 - FUSES – 600 VOLT AND BELOW

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies the furnishing and installation of low voltage fuses rated 600 volts and below, 6000 amperes and below.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ANSI/NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses.

B. ANSI/UL 248 - Fuses.

1.3 RELATED WORK

A. Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on fuses.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 VOLTAGE

A. Provide fuses with a voltage rating suitable for the nominal voltage of the system in which they are to be applied.

2.2 TYPES

A. Time Delay Fuses. Unless otherwise indicated, provide UL Class RK-1 time delay, current limiting fuses having 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes interrupting rating. Use on 600- ampere or smaller circuits where indicated.

B. Non-Time Delay Fuses. Fuses indicated by "K 1" on the drawings are UL Class RK 1 non- time delay having 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes interrupting rating. Use on 600-ampere or smaller circuits supplying branch circuit panelboards, resistance heating, and where otherwise indicated.

C. Class L Fuses. Fuses rated 601 to 6000 amperes are UL Class L with 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes interrupting rating.

2.3 MANUFACTURER

A. Bussman.

B. Ferraz Shawmut.

C. Littelfuse.

FUSES – 600 VOLT AND BELOW 26 28 13 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

D. Low voltage fuses must be products of a single manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver fuses individually wrapped, in factory-fabricated containers.

B. Store fuses in a clean and dry space and protected from weather, moisture, corrosion and damage.

C. Handle products carefully to avoid damage to material components and finish. Damaged fuses shall be rejected and not be installed on project.

D. Refer to paragraph 3.2 of Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Instructions. Follow the manufacturer's installation instructions.

B. Fuse Clips. Check fasteners on fuse clips for tightness when installing fuses.

C. Labels. Install fuses so label is in an upright, readable position. Fuses without labels are not acceptable.

3.3 SPARE FUSES

A. As spares, provide the greater amount of either three fuses or 10 percent of each size and type installed. Deliver the spare fuses to the Owner at the time of final acceptance of the project.

END OF SECTION

FUSES – 600 VOLT AND BELOW 26 28 13 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 28 16 - ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies the furnishing and installation of enclosed fused safety switches.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ANSI/UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches.

B. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches.

C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).

D. NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace.

1.3 RELATED WORK

A. Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on each type and rating of switch. 1. Ratings including voltage, and horsepower or continuous current. 2. Dimensioned outline drawings. 3. Conduit entry/exit locations. 4. Cable terminal sizes. 5. Wiring diagrams.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CHARACTERISTICS

A. Voltage. Provide switches with a voltage rating of 250 volts d-c, 240 volts or 600 volts a-c, as required for the installed system voltage.

B. Type. Provide switches conforming to NEMA KS 1 standard for Type HD (heavy duty).

C. Contacts. Provide switches with quick-make, quick-break contacts.

D. Poles. Unless otherwise shown, provide 3-pole, visible blade switches.

2.2 CONSTRUCTION

A. Enclosure. Provide NEMA 1 enclosures for switches in indoor dry locations. Provide NEMA 3R enclosures for switches located outside the building conditioned envelope. Provide NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosures for switches located in corrosive environments, unless otherwise shown.

ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES 26 28 16 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

B. Operating Handle. Provide a handle suitable for padlocking in the OFF position with as many as three padlocks of 5/16-inch diameter shank. Use a defeatable, front accessible, coin- proof door interlock to prevent opening the door when the switch is in the ON position and to prevent turning the switch ON when the door is open.

C. Terminal Shield. Provide incoming line terminals with an insulated shield so that no live parts are exposed when the door is open.

D. Neutral. Provide each switch with an isolated, fully rated neutral block. Make provisions for bonding the block to the enclosure.

E. Ground. Provide each switch with a ground lug.

F. Fuse Holders. Provide switches with rejection-type fuse holders which are suitable for use with fuses specified under Section 26 28 13, Fuses - 600 Volt and Below. All switches shall be fused.

G. Nameplates. Provide metal nameplates, front cover mounted, which indicate the switch type, catalog number and horsepower rating (with both standard and time delay fuses).

2.3 LISTING

A. UL 98 - Safety Standard for Enclosed Switches.

2.4 MANUFACTURER

A. GE Company.

B. Square D Company.

C. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver products individually wrapped, on pallets or in factory-fabricated fiberboard type containers.

B. Store products in a clean and dry space, elevated above grade, and protected from weather, sunlight, moisture, corrosion, dirt and damage.

C. Handle products carefully to avoid damage to material components, enclosure and finish. Damaged products shall be rejected and not be installed on project.

D. Refer to Paragraph 3.2 of Section 26 00 00, Electrical General Provisions.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install safety or disconnect switches where indicated, in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions, and the applicable requirements of NEC. Install safety and disconnect switches in accordance with the directions of the Owner’s Representative.

ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES 26 28 16 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

B. In general, mount switches and disconnects so that operating handle is approximately 60 inches above finished floor. Where grouped, align tops of switches.

C. For equipment with motors larger than 1/8 hp, provide disconnect switches within sight of the motor.

D. Mount motor and circuit disconnect enclosures, independent of equipment served, on columns or freestanding on a bolted unistrut-type or galvanized welded angle iron framework anchored to floor. Refer to Section 26 05 29, Metal Framing and Supports.

E. Switch interiors shall be maintained clean until final acceptance by Owner. Switch exteriors shall be maintained free of mud, spray-on insulation, paint spray and other substances not placed on the exterior surface by the switch manufacturer.

3.3 FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Provide fusible disconnect switches only. B. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches. Provide permanent marking inside switch enclosure for fuse type and size.

END OF SECTION

ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES 26 28 16 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 32 12 – GENERATOR LOAD BANK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This specification contains the minimum requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of a UL listed, air-cooled, outdoor weatherproof resistive load bank.

B. The load bank is required for periodic exercising and testing of the (standby) emergency power source. The load bank shall be permanently mounted in a weatherproof enclosure, forced air cooled with remotely mounted control panel.

C. Should the vendor take exception to any part of this specification, it shall be stated in the bid, and referenced to the specification line number.

1.2 STANDARDS

A. The equipment shall comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of NEC, NEMA, and ANSI standards.

B. The load bank shall be listed to UL Standard 508.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. The Load Bank Submittals shall include applicable shop drawings (schematic drawings, outline drawings, technical description, and manufacturer's cut sheet) for each type and size of load bank required.

B. Electrical schematic drawings shall be provided to detail the operation of the load bank and the provided safety circuits. Over-current protection and control devices shall be identified and their ratings marked. A system interconnection drawing shall be included for control wiring related to the load bank.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER

A. Load Banks Direct, LLC of Erlanger, KY, USA or equal by Avtron.

B. Approved equal

2.2 LOAD BANK RATINGS AND DESIGN FEATURES

A. The load bank shall be rated as shown on plans with 25 KW minimum load step resolution provided.

B. The load bank shall be Forced Air-Cooled, rated for continuous operation with integrally mounted blower motors with high-performance, direct-driven fan blades to deliver the required airflow volume (CFM) for cooling resistor load elements.

C. The load bank shall include an integral voltage control power transformer to deliver the necessary 120 Volt AC required for control circuit operation.

D. The load bank shall include a (LOCAL or REMOTE) operator control panel including Emergency Stop (E-STOP) push button, Main Power On/Off switch, Blower Start/Stop push buttons, Fan-Phase

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Reversal switch (ABC-OFF-ACB), Master Load On/Off switch, and Individual Load Step switches (KW On/Off) provided for each load step. Illuminated indicators provided for Power On, Blower On, Motor Overload, Air-Flow Failure, Over-Temperature, and Load Dump.

E. The load bank shall include a fully equipped, 3-phase Digital Metering System that measures a standard range of 16 load parameters including 3-phase, Volts, Amps, Frequency and Power Functions and includes RS485 communication (Modbus protocol) for remote reading - compatible with PC, PLC, and data loggers.

F. The load bank shall include resistor load elements to provide the necessary KW load rating for each load step. Resistors are fully supported across their entire length within the air stream by stainless steel support rods which are insulated with heavy-duty, high-temperature ceramic insulators. Change in resistance is minimized by maintaining conservative resistor designs.

G. The load bank shall include an automatic Load Level Controller. Load Level Control provides automatic load regulation by sensing the downstream connected load and adjusting the amount of supplemental load (load bank steps) applied. Automatic Load Level Controller adds and subtracts Load Bank load in response to dynamic power fluctuations in the connected facility load. It utilizes the Load Bank as a “supplemental load” for maintaining a minimum load on the power source.

2.3 LOAD BANK OPERATOR PROTECTION AND SAFETY FEATURES

A. The load bank shall include a Control Power Emergency-Stop (E-STOP) push button to disable control power voltage to all operator control power circuits, including blower circuit and load application circuits.

B. The load bank shall include visual detection and display of Main Power On, Blower Motor On, Motor Overload, Air-Flow Failure, Over-Temperature and Load Dump on the Operator Control Panel.

C. The load bank shall include branch circuit fuse protection provides short-circuit fault protection of all load steps. Fuses shall be fast-acting, current-limiting type with an interrupting rating of 200K A.I.C.

D. The load bank blower motors shall be short-circuit protected by current-limiting fuses and thermally protected by overload relays.

E. The load bank shall include differential air pressure switch(es) to provide protection from loss of cooling air or insufficient airflow. The switch(es) will automatically remove all load if an airflow problem is detected and lock-out the load application controls.

F. The load bank shall include over-temperature switch(es) to monitor load bank exhaust temperature. The switch(es) will automatically remove all load if an over-temperature condition is detected and lock- out the load application controls.

G. The load bank shall include appropriate operator warning and cautionary statements, labels, or signage located visibly on the access panels.

2.4 LOAD BANK CONSTRUCTION

A. The load bank enclosure shall be constructed of galvanized steel with powder coat paint finish with exterior stainless steel fasteners. Bolt on access panels shall provide a dead-front enclosure, safely enclosing all electrical and mechanical connections.

B. The load bank shall be designed for installation and operation in an outdoor environment with sufficient fresh intake air available. The enclosure shall be designed for direct mounting to a customer supplied concrete pad.

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction South Campus Central Plant Load Bank Addition February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. The load bank cooling airflow shall be drawn in from the screened air-intake sides, with hot air vertically exhausted from the top of the unit away from personnel. Low-profile, stainless steel exhaust air-gravity louvers shall be provided for superior all-weather protection.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The load bank manufacturer shall have a formal written Quality Policies Manual outlining their quality management system. This manual shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.

B. The load bank shall be provided with a detailed Instruction and Maintenance Manual outlining the proper operation, installation, environmental, safety precautions, and maintenance of the load bank. This manual shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.

C. The load bank shall be fully tested by a trained factory technician prior to shipment. Each load step shall be calibrated and tested at rated voltage with voltage and current measurements recorded. Additional tests shall include resistance tolerance testing, applied potential (hi-pot) testing per IEEE standards, and verification of all safety circuits and operator control circuits. Blower circuit shall be tested at rated voltage for proper operation. Upon completion, load bank test data shall be made available to the purchaser upon request. After load bank is installed on site and connected to the existing generator, it shall be tested again at all load step levels up to the full load output. The full load output shall be tested for a minimum of 30 minutes. In addition, the load dump circuit shall be tested for proper operation. Provide a report to the Owner following the test.

D. Install load bank on a 4” concrete pad. Install load bank per manufacturer’s instructions.

END OF SECTION 26 32 12

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 3

THE UNIVERSITY of TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER AT HOUSTON

UCT GENERATOR REPLACEMENT Houston, Texas

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION FEBRUARY 16, 2016

PROJECT SITE

DRAWING LIST

CS COVER SHEET G-100 GENERAL INFORMATION A-112 ROOF PLANS S1.00 GENERATOR PLAN, ELEVATION AND GENERAL NOTES E-001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS E-010 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM E-106 ELECTRCIAL 6TH FLOOR POWER PLAN - DEMOLITION E-121 ELECTRCIAL 21ST FLOOR POWER PLAN - EXISTING E-206 ELECTRICAL 6TH FLOOR PLAN - RENOVATION E-600 NORTH ELEVATION E-601 ELECTRICAL DETAILS P-106 PLUMBING 6TH FLOOR - DEMOLITION AND RENOVATION PLAN Shah Smith & associates, inc. houston/austin/dallas/college station Tx. Registation no. F-2113

E N G I N E E R 18" min clear EQ EQ 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 6"6"6" TEXT Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113

TEXT 7'- 6" 7'- 0" 5'- 0" 5' 0" - max 3'- 6" 4' 0" - min tobottom of text operablepart operablepart 4' - 0" to 4'0" - highest to 4'0" - highest 3' - 6" typ. 3'6" - uno uno 1'- 3" Restroom door Elevator Typical door Telephone Fire Circuit Security Thermo- Fire Inter- Electrical Electrical, data and Trash Paper towel Sanitary Hand Paper towel Soap Shelf Cup Clothes and signage and outlets extinguisher breaker controls stat alarm com switch telephone outlets receptacle dispenser/trash napkin dryer dispenser dispenser dispenser hook box pull receptacle dispenser

Wells Fargo Bank Plaza 221 N. Kansas Street 1' - 6" at 36x36 shower Suite 820 2' - 3" at 30x60 shower Notes: El Paso, Texas 79901 1. All mounting heights shown are typical. Heights shown in (915) 613-4576 elevations and details take precedence over the typical heights Applicable Codes and Standards G-100 General Information www.pwarch.com given here. 1. City of Houston Building Code, based on International Building Code (IBC) 2012 2. Life Safety Code, NFPA 101, 2000 Edition, XX Occupancy, Chapter XX A-112 Roof Plans 2. Mounting heights for many common elements are shown. Not all 3. Texas Department of Health (TDH), Health Facility Licensure and Certification 6'- 8" Division - Hospital Licensing Standards (Effective August 13, 1998) 4'- 0" elements occur in this project. 4. Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) - Texas Accessibility RED ARC

3'4" - to Standards of the Architectural Barriers Act, 2012 H 1'- 0" E 3'- 3"

3'- 0" T n E. I controlarea y H 2' 10" - 2' 10" - 2'- 6" 5. Joint Commission on the Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations (JCAHO) S r o T 4' - 0" to 4'0" - top of topof rail 2'- 10" to 2'- 0" I h r E reflectivesurface t 1'- 7"

1'- 6" a 1'- 5" 1'- 4" 6. NFPA 82, 1994 Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling Systems G a C n

C and Equipment (Referenced by TDH) E T Accessible Above Toilet tissue Sanitary Grab bar Fire Handrail Control wall Accessible Standard Accessible Standard Lavatory Toilet/urinal R 7. Fire Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals, NFPA 45, 2000 Edition bi-level electric counter dispenser napkin alarm of shower toilet toilet urinal urinal partition S 8. City of Houston: T 1 S drinking fountain mirror disposal horn, 3' - 0" clear 9 2 6 6 A Signage Ordinance, Department of Planning & Development AT X visual/audio E TE alarm Parking Ordinance, Department of Planning & Development OF 9. NFPA 10 - Fire Extinguishers (Referenced by IBC) 02/15/2016 10. NFPA 13 - Installation of Sprinkler Systems (Referenced by IBC) 11. NFPA 50, 1996 - Bulk Oxygen Systems at Consumer Sites Typical Mounting Heights 14 12. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (Referenced by IBC) 13. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm Code (Referenced by IBC) 14. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Fire Windows (Referenced by IBC) 15. NFPA 110 - Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems Symbol Description Section DescriptionSymbol Designators 16. NFPA 220 - Standard on Types of Building Construction (Referenced by NFPA 101) 17. ASME A17.1- Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators Acoustical Ceiling Board Plaster with Expanded Benchmark Indicator F.F. EL = BM BM = Coordinate, Elevation, or Station Metal Lath Sequence Designation Occupancy Classification Reflected Ceiling Plan Business, Group B (304 IBC) SIM Surface mounted incandescent, compact fluorescent or LED downlight Aluminum Plastic Glazing No Building Section No = Detail Number Construction Classification Recessed incandescent, compact fluorescent or LED downlight Dwg Dwg = Sheet Number Type IA (IBC)

Recessed wall washer - shading indicates direction Brick Plastic Laminate (Large Scale) Control Elevation Name Lay-in or recessed fluorescent light troffers - prismatic Indicator Elevation lense Carpet Plywood Column Line or No No = Alphanumeric Grid Designation Lay-in or recessed fluorescent light troffers - parabolic Grid Indicator lense Ceramic Tile Precast Concrete, Cast SIM Stone No Lay-in or recessed direct and indirect fluorescent light Dwg Detail Indicator No = Detail Number Resilient Flooring, Pre- (Enlarged Detail) Dwg = Sheet Number Concrete Molded Joint Filler Suspended fluorescent strip fixture

Suspended architectural fluorescent strip fixture Concrete Masonry Unit Rigid Insulation Board SIM Detail Indicator (Section) No No = Detail Number Wall mounted architectural fixture Dwg = Sheet Number Earth Sand, Grout Dwg Under cabinet fluorescent light fixture S Speaker Exterior Insulation and Steel SIM Finishing System Wall Section No No = Detail Number Smoke detector Dwg = Sheet Number SD Dwg Insulation - batt or blanket Elevation Supply air grille Door Tag No No = Door Type HS A/C Air Conditioning INSUL Insulation HS = Hardware Set Finished Wood, Hardwood Ceramic Tile 1 Issue for Construction 02/15/2016 A/W Air/Water IPS Inside Pipe Size Return/exhaust air grille ACOUS Acoustical No ADJ Adjustable JT(S) Joint(s) Exterior Elevation/View No = Detail Number No. Description Date Concrete, Plaster, Lime- AFF Above Finish Floor Sprinkler head Glass Indicator Dwg Dwg = Sheet Number stone, Synthetic Stone ALUM Aluminum KSI Kips Per Square Inch AMP Ampers KW Kilowatt Keyplan Ceiling/wall mtd. exit sign - arrow/line indicates direction Gravel, Coarse Porous Fill AMS Automated Interior Elevation/View No = Detail Number Glass, Mirrors ANOD Anodized LAM Laminate Indicator 30 A-210 Dwg = Sheet Number ATTN Attenuation, Attention LL Live Load AUX Auxiliary LTS Lights Gypsum Board No QP ID LPDL Low Pressure Decorative Laminate Floorplans Equipment Identifier No = Equipment Designation Metal, Plastic Laminate BLDG Building BLK Black M.O. Masonry Opening Height Gypsum Sheathing Dim Dim = Distance, Face of Finish to BTU British Thermal Units MANUF Manufacturer 110V, 20A duplex outlet (Height indicated if not standard) Face Dimension Face of Finish BTUH Btu Per Hour MAX Maximum Height Oriented Standard Board Reflected Ceiling Plan MECH Mechanical 110V, 20A duplex dedicated outlet (Height indicated if not D (OSB) C Celsius MED Medium, Medical standard) Elev Height Finish Grade Indicator Elev = Finish Grade Elevation C.I. Cast Iron MIN Minimum Gypsum Board or Plaster 220V, 30A duplex outlet (Height indicated if not standard) Ornamental Metal, (New) C.O. Clean Out MISC Miscellaneous Height Bronze, Brass Elev CFM Cubic Feet Per Minute MTG Mounting, Meeting 110V, 20A quadplex outlet (Height indicated if not standard) Finish Grade Indicator Elev = Finish Grade Elevation CJ Construction Joint MTL Metal, Material Pre-finished Metal (Existing) Suspension Grid with CKT Circuit 110V, 20A flush floor mounted duplex outlet Particle Board CLOS Closet N.C. Normally Closed Lay-in Panels CLR Clear N.O. Normally Opened Flush floor mounted telephone outlet Finish Type Identifiers No No = Finish Designation CMU Concrete Masonry Unit N/A Not Applicable Note: Refer to the Construction Specifications Institute's (CSI) publication TD-2-6 COL Column NO Number Height Telephone outlet (RJ11) (Height indicated if not standard) CONC Concrete Standard Reference Symbols, 10/91 Edition, for additional material indications not shown. Cabinet type Identifiers No No =Cabinet Type Identifier Computer data outlet (RJ45) (Height indicated if not standard) COND Condensing, Condition O.C. On Center Height CONN Connection O.D. Overflow Drain, Outside Dimension No =Countertop Type Identifier, Combined telephone/computer data outlet (Height indicated Countertop Type Identifiers No CONT Continuous O/A Outside Air Height See 3 A560 for legend if not standard) CTR Center Standard Material Indications 18 CW Cold Water PART Partition J Electrical/communications junction box PB Push Button Glass Type/Opening Identifier No No = Glass Type or D Depth PLAS LAM Plastic Laminate Opening Designation FAS DESCR Description PLMBG Plumbing Fire Alarm Strobe DET Detail PLYWD Plywood 04' 8' 16' FAP Graphic Scale DIA Diameter PSF Pounds Per Square Foot Fire Alarm Pull DIM Dimension PSI Pounds Per Square Inch DL Dead Load PTD Painted T Thermostat Keyed Note Indicator No No = Note Designation DN Down PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride DWG Drawing PB Door operator push button R.D. Roof Drain PN The University of Texas E.C. Electrical Contractor R/A Return Air CR Card reader TN EA Each RE Refer To PN = Plan North NCAP Nurse call alarm panel North Indicator Health Science Center at EDF Electronic Drinking Fountain REF Reference TN = True North EF Exhaust Fan REINF Reinforced EL Elevation, Elevator REQ'D Required S Single pole switch Houston ELEC Electrical RH Relative Humidity es\UCT_Roof_Load_Banka.rvt EMER Emergency RO Rough Opening S3 3-way switch EQ Equal RPM Revolutions Per Minute Partition Type Indicator No No = Partition Type Designation EQUIP Equipment RTU Roof Top Unit SD Dimmer switch EXT Exterior S/A Supply Air FEC Revision Indicator No No = Revision Designation F Fahrenheit SC WD Solid-core Wood Fire extinguisher cabinet FACP Fire Alarm Control Panel SCHED Schedule FE Name FD Floor Drain SIM Similar Fire extinguisher on bracket Room Identifier Name = Name of Space 250KW GENERATOR FEC Fire Extinguisher Cabinet SPST Single Pole, Single Throw No No = Room Designation FIN Finish STD Standard FLUOR Fluorescent STL Steel REPLACEMENT ZV Zone valve Room and Finish Type Name Name = Name of Space FURN Furnish, Furniture STOR Storage Identifier No FT No = Room Designation STRUCT Structure, Structural FT = Room Finish Type Designator 216-028 G.C. General Contractor SYS System GA MTL Galvanized Metal GALV Galvanized TEMP Tempered, Temperature Elevations Toilet Accessory Identifier No No = Accessory Designation GFI Ground Fault Interrupter THK Thick General Information GND Ground TTB Telephone Terminal Board GYP BD Gypsum Board TYP Typical Electrical, voice, data, voice/data outlets in elevation Note: Refer to the Construction Specifications Institute's (CSI) publication TD-2-6 Standard Reference Symbols, 10/91 Edition, for additional material indications not shown. H Height UNO Unless Noted Otherwise H.M. Hollow Metal HARDWD Hardwood VAC Volt Alternative Current Medical gases/Lab gas outlets (Air, Vacuum, Oxygen, HDW Hardware VDC Volt Direct Current Waste Anes Vac, Nitrogen, Slide HPDL High Pressure Decorative Laminate VTR Vent Through Roof SSA Project Number HORIZ Horizontal HT Height W Width Date HVAC Heating, Ventilation, & A/C W/ With P:\216-028 UCT Roof Load Bank\B-Design\02 Model Fil Model Bank\B-Design\02 Load Roof UCT P:\216-028 HW Hot Water WB Wet Bulb HZ Hertz WD Wood Notes: Designed By WWF Welded Wire Fabric 1. See the individual drawings for additional symbol, legends for symbols not shown. Designer IG Isolated Ground WWM Welded Wire Mesh 2. Refer to the Construction Specifications Institute's (CSI) publication TD-2-6, Standard Checked By IN Inch Reference Symbols, 10/91 Edition, for additional building element symbols not shown Checker here or elsewhere in the Drawings. 3. See additional legends located in the specific discipline drawings (Structural, MEP, etc.) for Drawing No. Note: Refer to the Specifications for abbreviations building element symbols used on those discipline drawings. of trade association names. G-100 Scale Standard Abbreviations 26 Standard Building Element Symbols 21 Standard Reference Symbols 11 Building Code Information 6 Drawing Index 1 As indicated 2/15/2016 6:12:50 PM 6:12:50 2/15/2016

2/15/20166:10:28 PM

3 Level Roof 11 Specifications

1/8" = 1'-0" = 1/8" 1'-0" = 12" As indicated As e le a c S

A-112

learances. c recommended manufacturer's the with accordance in

tive manufacturers. Locate all equipment all Locate manufacturers. tive respec their with clearances equipment all Verify 2. END OF SECTION OF END

emove dam. emove r and water drain watertight, proven is area When D.

Drawing No. Drawing

f. roo the of edge the from 10'-0" least at located be

ding. buil to damage Repair test. flood repeat Architect;

PN

e approximate only. All equipment shall equipment All only. approximate e ar equipment mounted roof for shown locations The 1.

areas with new roofing materials as directed by directed as materials roofing new with areas leaking repair water, remove found, is leaking If C.

Checker

n water. After 72 hours, inspect for leaks. for inspect hours, 72 After water. n clea with mm) (25 inch 1 of depth minimum to Flood B. Checked By Checked

General Notes - Roof Plan Roof - Notes General testing.

Designer

, dam installation area in preparation for flood for preparation in area installation dam , installation membrane horizontal of completion On A.

Designed By Designed 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL QUALITY FIELD 3.04

P:\216-028UCT Roof LoadBank\B-Design\02 Model Fil kness of roofing membrane over exposed sheet. exposed over membrane roofing of kness thic full Apply Sheet: Flashing Flexible Embedded F.

horizontal surface. horizontal aeDate

p a minimum 6 inches (150 mm) of above above of mm) (150 inches 6 minimum a p u membrane Extend Surfaces: Vertical Intersecting E.

n one coat of roof membrane material. membrane roof of coat one n i sheet embedding membrane, roofing of installation

SSA Project Number Project SSA

enetration and to substrate prior to to prior substrate to and enetration p around sheet flashing flexible seal manufacturer,

rawings, or otherwise recommended by roofing by recommended otherwise or rawings, d the on indicated otherwise Unless Penetrations: D.

minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) each side of joint. of side each mm) (150 inches 6 of minimum

extra coat of roofing membrane over joint and to and joint over membrane roofing of coat extra an Install Cracks: and Joints Sealant-Filled Over C.

anufacturer. m to unacceptable surfaces to roofing apply not Do B.

minimum thickness. minimum

nstructions and recommendations, to specified to recommendations, and nstructions i manufacturer's with accordance in roofing Apply A.

.3INSTALLATION 3.03

Roof Plans Roof

ve roofing. ve recei to designated not surfaces adjacent Protect D.

cated and where required by roofing manufacturer. roofing by required where and cated indi where corners, inside at strips cant Install C.

moving joints of any width. any of joints moving

urers. Do not seal expansion joints or or joints expansion seal not Do urers. manufact sealant and roofing by recommended methods 216-028

/2 inch (12 mm) wide with sealant using using sealant with wide mm) (12 inch /2 1 than less joints open non-moving and cracks Seal B.

recommendations.

REPLACEMENT

accordance with manufacturer's instructions and instructions manufacturer's with accordance in roofing receive to surfaces prepare and Clean A.

.2PREPARATION 3.02

contact bond of roofing materials. roofing of bond contact 250KW GENERATOR 250KW

f honeycomb or pitting, and not detrimental to full to detrimental not and pitting, or honeycomb f o free smooth, are surfaces substrate that Verify C.

system.

1

ental to adhesion or application of roofing roofing of application or adhesion to ental detrim matter foreign or penetrations, projections,

r, dampness, loose particles, cracks, pits, pits, cracks, particles, loose dampness, r, matte frozen of free are surfaces substrate Verify B.

A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. starting before conditions existing Verify A.

.1EXAMINATION 3.01

PART 3 EXECUTION 3 PART

es\UCT_Roof_Load_Banka.rvt

tible with roofing membrane. roofing with tible compa material, composition Premolded Strips: Cant B.

manufacturer. Houston

c type approved by roofing membrane membrane roofing by approved type c elasti other or Neoprene Sheet: Flashing Flexible A.

.3ACCESSORIES 2.03

Health Science Center at Center Science Health

s.com. www.avmindustrie 880: System Inc; Industries, AVM a.

.Products: 7.

STM D2240, using Type A durometer. A Type using D2240, STM A with accordance in measured 50, to 45 Hardness: 6. The University of Texas of University The

2 ordance with ASTM D412. ASTM with ordance acc in measured percent, 200 Elongation: Ultimate 5.

easured in accordance with ASTM D412. ASTM with accordance in easured m minimum, MPa), (2.758 psi 400 Strength: Tensile 4.

3. VOC Content: None. Content: VOC 3.

between each coat. each between

in two coats with reinforcing fabric fabric reinforcing with coats two in applied minimum, mm), (1 mils 40 Thickness: Cured 2.

determined in accordance with CRRC-1. with accordance in determined minimum, 114, Initial: - Index Reflectance Solar 1.

sunlight. and weather to exposure permanent for manufacturer

omponent polyurethane, approved by by approved polyurethane, omponent c two cold-applied, White, Roofing: Fluid-Applied A.

2.02 MEMBRANE MATERIAL MEMBRANE 2.02

es.com. www.avmindustri 880: System Inc.; Industries, AVM 1.

A. Fluid-Applied Roofing: Fluid-Applied A.

.1MANUFACTURERS 2.01

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 PART

st penetration of water during that time period. time that during water of penetration st resi to fail not will and conditions weather normal

ng membrane will not crack, split, or flake under flake or split, crack, not will membrane ng roofi that warranty manufacturer year five Provide B.

dditional warranty requirements. warranty dditional a for Submittals, Closeout - 00 78 01 Section See A.

.6WARRANTY 1.06

application and until cured. until and application

(5 degrees C) for 24 hours before and during and before hours 24 for C) degrees (5 F degrees 40 above temperatures ambient Maintain A.

1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS FIELD 1.05

3

waterproofing.

installation of fluid-applied roofing or or roofing fluid-applied of installation in specializing Company Qualifications: Installer B.

type of product specified. product of type manufacturing experience documented years' Three 1.

waterproofing membranes. waterproofing

A-112

in manufacture of fluid-applied roofing or or roofing fluid-applied of manufacture in specializing Company Qualifications: Manufacturer A.

5

4' - 7" - 4' ASSURANCE QUALITY 1.04

4

and registered with manufacturer. with registered and

forms have been completed in Owner's name Owner's in completed been have forms ensure and warranty manufacturer Submit Warranty: F.

unusual perimeter conditions. perimeter unusual for procedures and range, temperature installation

standard installation instructions, acceptable instructions, installation standard Include Instructions: Installation Manufacturer's E.

3' - 7 1/4" 7 - 3'

specified requirements. specified exceed or meet products that Certify Certificate: D.

other materials. other

ion conditions and conditions of interface with interface of conditions and conditions ion terminat or joint special Indicate Drawings: Shop C.

rane and accessory materials. accessory and rane memb for data manufacturer's Provide Data: Product B.

s, for submittal procedures. submittal for s, Requirement Administrative - 00 30 01 Section See A.

.3SUBMITTALS 1.03

Keyplan 2. (ANSI/CRRC-1) 2. 201 Council; Rating Roofs Cool Standard; - CRRC-1 C.

2010).

rty--Durometer Hardness; 2005 (Reapproved 2005 Hardness; rty--Durometer Prope Rubber For Method Test Standard - D2240 ASTM B.

o ecito Date Description No.

5

A4 AV106 2013). (Reapproved 2006a

Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers- Tension; Elastomers- Thermoplastic and Rubber Vulcanized for Methods Test Standard - D412 ASTM A.

su o osrcin02/15/2016 Construction for Issue 1

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS REFERENCE 1.02

.Accessories. B.

A. Fluid-applied membrane roofing. membrane Fluid-applied A.

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES SECTION 1.01

PART 1 GENERAL 1 PART

SECTION 07 56 00 - FLUID-APPLIED ROOFING FLUID-APPLIED - 00 56 07 SECTION

6

D C B A

02/15/2016

F O

T

E E

T

X

A

A

6

9 2

6

1 T S S

R

T E

C

n

G

a

C a

t

r

E

I

h

o

r S

T

H

y

n . I

E

T

E

H

R

C E R D A

www.pwarch.com

(915) 613-4576 (915)

El Paso, Texas 79901 Texas Paso, El

Suite 820 Suite

221 N. Kansas Street Kansas N. 221

Enlarged Pad Plan Pad Enlarged Detail Pad 5 10 1/2" = 1'-0" = 1/2" 1'-0" = 1/2" 1 Wells Fargo Bank Plaza Bank Fargo Wells 1' - 0" - 1' RE: MEPRE: Drawings

2' - 4" - 2'

A-112

142' - 4" - 142'

010

Roof Level Roof

4

Sealant cant bead cant Sealant

Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 Firm Engineering Registered Texas 3" - 2' deck coating deck

Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 713.780.7563 Ph. UV protected fluid applied concrete applied fluid protected UV

MEP/Structural drawings MEP/Structural

1' - 0" - 1'

New Concrete Pad: Refer to Refer Pad: Concrete New 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 Texas Houston, #350 Suite Wilcrest, 2825

Drawings

1' - 0" - 1' MEP to Refer equipment: New

preparation new roof new preparation

1' - 0" 1' - 9 5/8" 1' - 9 5/8" 1' - 0" - 1' 5/8" 9 - 1' 5/8" 9 - 1' 0" - 1' material; See specifications for specifications See material;

Area to remove existing roofing existing remove to Area B GENERAL NOTES C. FILLER METAL REQUIREMENTS I. CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS 1. Strength: Weld shall be as specified in the AISC Manual. 2. Electrodes. Electrodes for various welding processes shall be as specified A. GENERAL BUILDING CODE below: 1. 2012 International Building Code. a. SMAW: E70XX low hydrogen b. SAW: F7X-EXXX B. STRUCTURAL STEEL CODES 1. AISC - Load and Resistance Factor Design, Thirteenth Edition. D. WELDING 2. ANSI/AWS D1.1, American Welding Society - Steel. 1. All welding shall comply with the requirements of AWS. 3. Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 2. All full penetration welds shall be tested to verify compliance u.n.o.. 4. Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 and A 490 Bolts as approved by 3. All fillet welds shall be visually inspected u.n.o. Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Foundation. VI. SUBMITTALS

C. CONFLICTS IN STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS A. SHOP DRAWINGS 1. Where conflicts exists between the various publications as specified herein, 1. The General Contractor shall submit for Engineer review shop drawings the strictest requirements of the various publications shall govern unless noted for the following items: otherwise. Where conflict exists among the various parts of the Structural a. Structural Steel Contract Documents, (Structural Drawings, General Notes, Specifications) the b. Miscellaneous Steel strictest requirements shall govern. 2. All shop drawings must be reviewed and sealed by the General All Codes and Specifications listed above shall include all amendments and addenda Contractor prior to submittal. in force at the date of the contract documents. 3. Contractor shall submit a minimum of two sets of blackline prints for all shop drawings specified to be returned by the Engineer. II. TYPICAL DETAILS 4. The omission from the shop drawings of any material required by the Contract Documents to be furnished shall not relieve the contractor of A. Details labeled “Typical Details” on the Drawings shall apply to all situations the responsibility of furnishing and installing such materials, regardless on the Project that are the same or similar to those specifically detailed. of whether the shop drawings have been reviewed and approved. Such details shall apply whether or not they are keyed in at each location. 11275 S. Sam Houston Parkway W. Questions regarding applicability of typical details shall be determined by the B. MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE Suite 200 Engineer. 1. Submit two copies of manufacturer's literature for all materials and Houston, Texas 77031 products used in construction on the project. (832) 554-1130 III. STRUCTURAL STEEL www.pwarch.com C. REPRODUCTION A. MATERIAL 1. The use of reproductions of these Contract Documents by any contractor, 1. All hot rolled steel plates, shapes and bars shall be new steel conforming subcontractor, erector, fabricator, or material supplier in lieu of preparation to ASTM Specification A786. of shop drawings signifies his acceptance of all information shown hereon 2. All wide flanged sections shall conform to ASTM A992, Grade 50. as correct, and obligates himself to any job expense, real or implied, arising 3. All tubes shall conform to ASTM A500 Grade B. due to any errors that may occur hereon. 4. All connection material shall conform to ASTM A36 unless stronger Required. VII. MISCELLANEOUS

B. CONNECTIONS A. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1. Typical connection details are indicated on the Drawings. 1. It is the responsibility of the General Contractor to obtain all Contract Documents 2. Welds: and latest addenda and to submit such documents to all subcontractors and a. All welds shall conform to the American Welding Society (AWS) material suppliers prior to the submittal of shop drawings, fabrication of any standards. structural members, and erection in the field. b. All welding shall be performed by a welder certified in accordance to the AWS standards. B. DRAWING CONFLICTS 3. Bolts: 1. The General Contractor shall compare the Architectural and Structural drawings a. All bolts shall conform to ASTM A325 Type 1, High Strength Bolts. All and report any discrepancy between each set of drawings and within each set of bolts shall be designed as bearing bolts with threads included in the drawings to the Architect and Engineer prior to the fabrication and installation of shear plane. Minimum bolt diameter shall be 3/4 inch. All bolts shall be any structural members. tightened to a snug-tight position, unless noted below. b. All bolts at braces and moment connections shall be tightened using C. EXISTING CONDITIONS load indicating washers or tension bolts. 1. The General Contractor shall verify all dimensions and existing conditions at the c. All bolts shall be new and shall not be re-used. job site and report any discrepancies from assumed conditions shown on the drawings to the Architect and Engineer prior to the fabrication and erection of any C. GALVANIZING members. 1. All steel shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. 2. All steel surfaces to be hot dip galvanized shall be prepared as specified VIII. SITE OBSERVATION BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER by the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). 3. The zinc coating for steel shapes and plates shall average not less than A. GENERAL 2.3 oz. with no individual thickness less than 2.0 oz. 1. The contract structural drawings and specifications represent the finished 4. Galvanize all nuts, bolts, and washers used in the connection of structure, and except where specifically shown, do not indicate the method galvanized steel. or means of construction. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the work 5. Protect all field welded connections with “Z.R.C. Cold Galvanizing and shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, and Compound” as manufactured by Z.R.C. Product Company. procedures, techniques, and sequence. 2. The Engineer shall not have control or charge of, and shall not be responsible IV. STRUCTURAL BOLTS AND THREADED FASTENERS for, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, for safety precautions and programs in connection with the work, for the acts or A. SPECIFICATION omission of the Contractor, Subcontractor, or any other persons performing 1. A325 Bolts: All bolts in structural connections shall conform to ASTM A325 any of the work, or for the failure of any of them to carry out the work in Type 1, High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints, unless indicated accordance with the contract documents. otherwise on the Drawings. 3. Periodic site observation by field representatives are solely for the purpose of determining if the work of the Contractor is proceeding in accordance with the B. DESIGN structural contract documents. This limited site observation should not be 1. Minimum Bolt Diameter: Minimum bolt diameter shall be 3/4 inch. construed as exhaustive or continuous to check the quality or quantity of the 2. Connection Type: Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings or in these work, but rather periodic in an effort to guard the Owner against defects or General Notes, all bolted connections shall be bearing type connections deficiencies in the work of the Contractor. using standard holes (hole diameter nominally 1/16 inch in excess of nominal ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/15/2016 bolt diameter with)threads included in the shear planes. All bolts at braces No. Description Date and moment connections shall be tightened using load indicating washers or tension bolts. Keyplan C. INSTALLATION 1. Fastener Tension: High strength bearing bolts shall be tightened using an impact wrench to a snug tight condition. The snug tight condition is defined as the tightness attained by a few impacts of an impact wrench or the full effort of a man using an ordinary spud wrench. At braces and moment connections, bolts shall be tightened as required by the load indicating washers or tension AREA OF WORK bolts.

V. WELDING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL

A. WELDER CERTIFICATION 1. All shop and field welders shall be certified according to AWS procedures for the welding process and welding position used.

B. MINIMUM SIZE AND STRENGTH 1. Fillet Welds: Minimum size of fillet welds shall be as specified in the AISC Manual. 2. Partial Penetration Groove Welds: The minimum effective throat thickness of partial penetration groove welds shall be as specified in the AISC Manual. OF T 3. Minimum Strength of Welded Connections: Unless noted otherwise on the E EX AT A T S drawings, all shop and field welds shall develop the full tensile strength of S the member or elements jointed. a. All members with moment connections, noted on the drawings with DONALD GREIVE "MC", shall be welded to develop the full flexural capacity of the member, P 65947 unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. R R O L E F I C E D E 4. Connection of all miscellaneous steel shall consist of 1/4” fillet welds E E N S I N SS G all-around (minimum) if no other connection information is provided on the IONA L EN structural drawings. 5. At slotted connections, and anywhere a gap may exist between base metal and connecting material, weld size shall be increased to account for gap width 100% CONSTRUCTION (per AWS recommendations). DOCUMENTS

The University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston

250KW GENERATOR REPLACEMENT 1095-026-05 GENERATOR PLAN, ELEVATION AND GENERAL NOTES

SSA Project Number 8100-000-01 Date 11-26-2014 True Plan Designed By RGV Checked By DG NORTH NORTH Drawing No. S1.00 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE AND CONTROL SYMBOLS FIRE ALARM SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONS

MFAP MAIN FIRE DETECTION & ALARM PANEL SURGE SUPRESSOR, METAL OXIDE DELTA CONNECTED CONTROL RELAY A,AMP AMPERES H HOT RAC RIGID ALUMINUM CONDUIT VARISTOR (MOV) MAXIMUM AC ALTERNATING CURRENT, AIR HID HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE RCPT RECEPTACLE COMPRESSOR HMT HARMONIC MITIGATING TRANSFORMER RE REFER TO, REGARDING, REFERENCE CONTINUOUS OPERATING VOLTAGE OPEN DELTA CONNECTED 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 CONTACT, NORMALLY OPEN ACC AIR COOLED CHILLER HOA HAND OFF AUTOMATIC RFAP REMOTE FIRE DETECTION & ALARM (MCOV) AS NOTED FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 WYE CONNECTED AD AIR DRYER HP HORSEPOWER PANEL CONTACT, NORMALLY CLOSED AF AMPERE FRAME HPS HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 POWER TRANSFORMER GROUND F MANUAL FIRE ALARM PULL STATION AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR HRG HIGH RESISTANCE GROUND RL RAISE-LOWER AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR RMS ROOT MEAN SQUARE INDICATING LAMP, COLOR GROUNDED WYE AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT CONDITIONING ROP REVERSE OSMOSIS PUMP MOLDED OR INSULATED R AS NOTED, R RED, G FSD FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER AIC AMPERES INTERRUPTING CAPACITY HWC HOT WATER CIRCULATING PUMP RS RAPID START CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER PROTECTIVE RELAY FUNCTION, GREEN, A AMBER, W WHITE AL ALUMINUM HWP HEATING WATER PUMP RTD RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE ANSI DESIGNATION AS NOTED ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL DETECTOR AT AMPERE TRIP I/O INPUT/OUTPUT RVAT REDUCED-VOLTAGE AUTO CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH SELECTOR SWITCH ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH IG ISOLATED GROUND TRANSFORMER ST SHUNT TRIP COIL K KEY INTERLOCK DETAIL LIST - ELECTRICAL AUX AUXILIARY IR INFRARED OFF AV AUDIO VISUAL IRR IRRIGATION SCADA SUPERVISORY CONTROL & DATA DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON-FUSIBLE SPD SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE SELECTOR SWITCH, HAND AUTO AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE IS INSTANT START ACQUISITION HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC SCH SCHEDULE SPACE HEATER B BOILER JB JUNCTION BOX SCHP SECONDARY CHILLED WATER PUMP DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSIBLE BF BALLAST FACTOR JP JOCKEY PUMP SEP SEWAGE EJECTOR PUMP BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM SF SUPPLY FAN DM DIGITAL MULTI-METER ON OFF BCP BOILER CONTROL PANEL K KILO, THOUSAND SHLD SHIELDED  { { I   t í SELECTOR SWITCH, ON-OFF FUSE BFP BOILER FEEDWATER PUMP KA KILOAMPERES SP SUMP PUMP {   M METER BKR BREAKER KAIC THOUSAND AMPERES INTERRUPTING SPD SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE I   Ç  NORMALLY OPEN PUSHBUTTON, BLDG BUILDING CAPACITY SPDT SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW   ! TRANSFER SWITCH GENERATOR THREE BFDF BOILER FORCED DRAFT FAN KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW MOMENTARY CONTACT "#$# PHASE SIZE AS NOTED BIDF BOILER INDUCED DRAFT FAN KV KILOVOLT SPF STAIRWELL PRESSURIZATION FAN NORMALLY CLOSED PUSHBUTTON, KVA KILOVOLT AMPERES SS STAINLESS STEEL CURRENT TRANSFORMER MOTOR, THREE-PHASE, CL CENTERLINE KW KILOWATT SSOL SOLID STATE OVER LOAD MAINTAINED CONTACT HP AS NOTED C CONDUIT KWH KILOWATT-HOUR STD STANDARD CAFSS CLEAN AGENT FIRE SUPPRESSION STP SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR CURRENT SYSTEM LTG LIGHTING SW SWITCH TRANSFORMER, ZERO TWO SPEED MOTOR PUSHBUTTON, CAOP CHILLER AUXILIARY OIL PUMP LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR SWBD SWITCHBOARD SEQUENCE - HP AS NOTED MAINTAINED CONTACT CATV CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM LCP LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SWGR SWITCHGEAR VOLTAGE OR POWER TRANSFORMER MOTOR, SINGLE PHASE, CB CIRCUIT BREAKER LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE SYM SYMMETRICAL M HP AS NOTED CCP CHILLER CONTROL PANEL LP LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYNCH SYNCHRONOUS 1/4 PANELBOARD CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM LR LOCAL-REMOTE CDP CONDENSATE PUMP LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPERES TELECOM TELECOMMUNICATIONS CH CHILLER LS LONG TIME, SHORT TIME TOP TURBINE OIL PUMP VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE CP CONTROL PANEL CHP CHILLED WATER PUMP LSI LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, TSP TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR CKT CIRCUIT INSTANTANEOUS TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER CLG CEILING LSG LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, GROUND SUPPRESSOR CONNECTION POINT CMH COMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE LSIG LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, TYP TYPICAL COAX COAXIAL CABLE INSTANTANEOUS, GROUND CONT CONTINUATION LI LONG TIME, INSTANTANEOUS UG UNDERGROUND OVERLOAD EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE COORD COORDINATION/COORDINATE LIG LONG TIME, INSTANTANEOUS, UH UNIT HEATER CP CONTROL PANEL GROUND UL UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORY CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CSU COLLEGE STATION UTILITIES mA MILLIAMPS UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY CONTACTOR COIL VS VIBRATION SWITCH CT CURRENT TRANSFORMER, COOLING MAX MAXIMUM UTP UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR TOWER MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER CTF COOLING TOWER FAN MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER V VOLTS CTR CONTROLLER MCP MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTOR VA VOLT AMPERES CU COPPER, CONDENSING UNIT MECH MECHANICAL VAC VOLTS ALTERNATING CURRECT ELECTRICAL PLAN SYMBOLS CV CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT MFAP MAIN FIRE DETECTION & ALARM VAR VOLT AMPERES REACTIVE CWP CONDENSER WATER PUMP PANEL VDC VOLTS DIRECT CURRENT LUMINAIRE SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SUBSCRIPT IS DEFINED AS FOLLOWS: X LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT MFR MANUFACTURER VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE a a = NEMA 6-30R DA DEAERATOR MH METAL HALIDE VP VACUUM PUMP b = 480V, 3-PHASE PLUS GND, 50A, HUBBELL #CS8165C, OAS PANELBOARD - SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE DATACOM DATA AND/OR COMMUNICATION MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY VT VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER X c = NEMA 15-30R LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUIT DB DUCT BANK MOV METAL OXIDE VARISTOR VV VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT PANELBOARD - FLUSH MOUNTED DC DIRECT CURRENT MTD MOUNTED LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER DUPLEX RECEPTACLE X Y DCS DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM MV-90, 105 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE 90 C, 105C W WIRE DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL MVA MEGA VOLT AMPERES W/ WITH POWER/DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD DEMO DEMOLITION MW MEGA WATTS WG WIRE GUARD LUMINAIRE - WALL WASH QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE X Y - SURFACE MOUNTED DIP DEIONIZED WATER PUMP WH WATER HEATER DIV DIVISION N, NEU NEUTRAL WP WEATHERPROOF SINGLE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX X TRACK LIGHTING SYSTEM Y POWER/DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD DPDT DOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW NC NORMALLY CLOSED - FLUSH MOUNTED DPST DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE XFMR TRANSFORMER SINGLE RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL PURPOSE MOUNTED DWG DRAWING NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/16/2016 2'X4' LUMINAIRE X Y FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX DWP DOMESTIC WATER PUMP MANUFACTURER'S Y WYE ASSOCIATION No. Description Date 2'X4' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER EMERGENCY PANELBOARD-FLUSH MOUNTED E, EM EMERGENCY NIC NOT IN CONTRACT Z IMPEDANCE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX X Y EA EACH NO NORMALLY OPEN Keyplan GROUND ROD EC EMPTY CONDUIT # NUMBER 1'X4' LUMINAIRE QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE MOUNTED FLUSH IN FLOOR BOX X Y EDF ELECTRIC DRINKING FOUNTAIN NTS NOT TO SCALE GROUNDING SYSTEM TEST WELL EF EXHAUST FAN Y SUBSCRIPT DENOTES 1'X4' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER EG EQUIPMENT GROUND OAS OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTION X EGP ELECTRONIC GRADE PANEL OCPD OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE WP WEATHERPROOF LIGHTNING PROTECTION AIR TERMINAL ELS EMERGENCY LIFE SAFETY OC ON CENTER GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER X LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR IG ISOLATED GROUND EMT ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING INSTALLED DM DIGITAL MULTI-METER E EMERGENCY EPR ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE RUBBER OFOI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR LUMINAIRE WALL MOUNTED - EMERGENCY POWER X CM MOUNTED FLUSH IN CEILING OR EIWH ELECTRIC INSTANT WATER HEATER INSTALLED SURFACE OF STRUCTURE ABOVE CONTINUATION EXIST EXISTING OH OVERHEAD STRIP LUMINAIRE OL OVERLOAD X OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR WALL MOUNTED - DUAL TECHNOLOGY CONDUIT EXPOSED FA FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM FCU FAN COIL UNIT P POLE STRIP LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER X FCV FAN-CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL PA PUBLIC ADDRESS OS OCCUPANCY SENSOR CEILING MOUNTED EMERGENCYCONDUIT EMBEDDED PANELBOARD-SURFACE MOUNTED -360° COVERAGE - DUAL TECHNOLOGY UNIT PB PULL BOX FLA FULL LOAD AMPS PCHP PRIMARY CHILLED WATER PUMP 2'X2' LUMINAIRE CONDUIT CAPPED Tx. Registration # F-2113 FO FIBER OPTIC(S) PDU POWER DISTRIBUTION UNIT X LC LIGHTING CONTACTOR FP FIRE PUMP PF POWER FACTOR OF T CONDUIT TURNED DOWN TE EX A A FSD FIRE SMOKE DAMPER PFCC POWER FACTOR CORRECTION T S 2'X2' LUMINAIRE - EMERGENCY POWER S LCP CONDUIT TURNED UP X LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL FUT FUTURE CAPACITOR FVNR FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING PH PHASE DOUGLAS B. BELISLE

TWIN HEAD WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY P FVV FAN-VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL PIR PASSIVE INFRARED R HOMERUN - ONE PHASE - ONE NEUTRAL, R 80083 J O E LUMINAIRE - BATTERY OPERATED JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, WALL MOUNTED L E UNIT PLC PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER F I C E D X ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR E E N S I N S PMH POWER MANHOLE S NG 2/16/2016 IO NA L E J GAOP GEAR AUXILIARY OIL PUMP PMT PAD MOUNT JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, CEILING MOUNTED HOMERUN - TWO PHASE, ZERO, ONE X POLE MOUNTED LUMINAIRE GEN GENERATOR PNL PANELBOARD OR TWO NEUTRAL AS SCHEDULED BY TICK JUNCTION OR PULLBOX, FLUSH MOUNTED IN FLOOR GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT PS PROGRAMMED START J MARKS, ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR LUMINAIRE FLUSH MOUNTED OR FLOORBOX AS NOTED ON PLANS INTERRUPTER PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE X GFEP GROUND FAULT EQUIPMENT PVC-RGS PVC COATED RIGID GALVANIZED HOMERUN - THREE PHASE, ZERO, ONE PROTECTION STEEL CONDUIT LUMINAIRE FLUSH MOUNTED - EMERGENCY POWER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NON FUSIBLE, 30A, 3P UON X OR THREE NEUTRAL AS SCHEDULED BY TICK G, GND GROUND The University of Texas MARKS, ONE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR GRAP GENERATOR REMOTE EXIT SIGN WITH DIRECTIONAL ARROWS DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSIBLE, 30A, 3P UON ANNUNCIATOR PANEL Health Science Center at X AS INDICATED SHADING INDICATES M MOTOR SINGLE PHASE - HP AS NOTED GWH GAS-FIRED WATER HEATER 1 NUMBER OF FACES & CONFIGURATION STARTER, NEMA SIZE '1' UON /6 Houston X EXIT SIGN WALL MOUNTED COMBINATION SWITCH STARTER, NEMA SIZE '1' UON 20 MOTOR THREE PHASE - HP AS NOTED 250KW SUBSCRIPT DENOTES X LETTER DENOTES TYPE ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER CB TYPE AND SIZE AS NOTED TWO SPEED MOTOR - HP AS NOTED GENERATOR DIRECTION ARROW FOR EXIT SIGN R DIRECTION ARROW FOR EXIT SIGN RELAY REPLACEMENT GENERATOR THREE PHASE SIZE AS NOTED S SINGLE POLE SNAP SWITCH PUSH BUTTON 1095-026-05 S3 THREE WAY SNAP SWITCH K KIRK KEY INTERLOCK LP LIGHTNING PROTECTION CONDUCTOR ELECTRICAL LEGEND S FOUR WAY SNAP SWITCH 4 BUZZER G GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SYMBOLS AND SK KEY OPERATED SNAP SWITCH BELL SD MANUAL DIMMER SWITCH ABBREVIATIONS T DRAWING LIST SINGLE POLE HP RATED MOTOR TRANSFORMER SM SSA Project Number DISCONNECT SWITCHRAISE/LOWER SWITCH CS COVER SHEET 1095-026-05 EXISTING PANELBOARD E-001 ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS Date S RAISE/LOWER SWITCH SURFACE MOUNTED E-010 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM 02-16-2016

C:\Revit\1095-026-05_01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt RL E-106 ELECTRCIAL 6TH FLOOR POWER PLAN - DEMOLITION Designed By EXISTING PANELBOARD DEL SLC LOCAL ROOM CONTROL FOR DIMMING E-121 ELECTRCIAL 21ST FLOOR POWER PLAN - EXISTING AND/OR LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. FLUSH MOUNTED Checked By E-206 ELECTRICAL 6TH FLOOR PLAN - RENOVATION DBB ST MANUAL TIMER SWITCH - O - 2 HOUR E-600 NORTH ELEVATION Drawing No. E-601 ELECTRICAL DETAILS S SINGLE POLE SNAP SWITCH WITH WEATHERPROOF WP COVER E-001 2/16/2016 10:30:02 AM 10:30:02 2/16/2016 GENERAL NOTES KEYED NOTES - E-010 # 1 DISCONNECT EXISTING 215KW GENERATOR. A. RENOVATION ITEMS SHOWN BOLD ARE REMOVE CONDUCTORS BACK TO 6TH FLOOR NEW. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING JUNCTION BOX IN THE MECHANICAL ROOM. TO REMAIN. LEAVE SLACK FOR FUTURE SPLICE. REMOVE 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 FLEXIBLE LIQUID TIGHT CONDUIT BACK TO B. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH ROOF. Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 EXISTING CONDITIONS 2 DISCONNECT GENERATOR REMOTE Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 ANNUNCIATOR CIRCUITS. REMOVE 600V POWER CONDUCTORS TO JUNCTION BOX IN THE 6TH FLOOR MECHANICAL ROOM. LEAVE SLACK FOR FUTURE SPLICE. REMOVE FLEXIBLE LIQUID TIGHT CONDUIT BACK TO ROOF PENETRATION. 3 DISCONNECT GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER AND AUXILIARY CONTACT CIRCUITS. REMOVE CONDUCTORS TO JUNCTION BOX IN THE 6TH FLOOR MECHANICAL ROOM. LEAVE SLACK FOR FUTURE SPLICE. REMOVE FLEXIBLE LIQUID TIGHT CONDUIT BACK TO ROOF PENETRATION 4 PROVIDE NEW CONDUCTORS FROM EXISITNG JUNCTION BOX TO GENERATOR. SPLICE EXISTING CONDUTORS TO NEW CONDUCTORS  { { I   t í WITH AN ILSCO TERMINATION BLOCK AND {   MOUNT IN THE EXISTING JUNCTION BOX. I   Ç    ! 5 PROVIDE NEW CONDUCTORS FROM EXISITNG "#$# JUNCTION BOX TO GENERATOR. SPLICE EXISTING CONDUTORS TO NEW CONDUCTORS. 6 LSIA* INDICATES TRIP UNIT WITH LONG TIME, SHORT TIME, INSTANTANEOUS TRIP AND GROUND FAULT SENSING ONLY. GROUND FAULT SENSING CIRCUITRY TO ALARM ONLY, BUT NOT TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKER. SEE SECTION 26 23 00.

ENGINE GENERATOR SET ENGINE GENERATOR SET 215KW, 480Y/277V, 0.8 P.F, WEATHER PROTECTIVE HOUSING 250KW, 480Y/277V, 0.8 P.F, WEATHER PROTECTIVE HOUSING NATURAL GAS NATURAL GAS

G G EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON IN WEATHERPROOF 2#12 ENCLOSURE #4/0 GND 3/4"C 1"C 120V CKTS 120V CKTS FOR HTR, START FOR HTR, SIGNALS AND 400A BATT CHGR, 400A 400A BATT CHGR, 3P 3P ANNUNCIATOR 3P AND AUX CONNECT TO AND AUX LSIA LSIA 6 LSIG SIGNALS GENERATOR 4#10, ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/16/2016 STRUCTURAL #10G 3/4"C SUPPORT No. Description Date 14#14 FRAME 14#14 4#10, 4-500 KCMIL 2"C 4-500 KCMIL 4-500 KCMIL 2"C #10G Keyplan #1 GND #1 GND #1 GND 3/4"C 3 1/2"C 3 1/2"C 3 1/2"C 8"x8"x2' JBOX 8"x8"x2' JBOX (6TH FLOOR (6TH FLOOR 4"x4"x2" JBOX 8"x8"x3' JBOX 5 4"x4"x2" JBOX 8"x8"x3' JBOX 2 MECH RM) MECH RM) (6TH FLOOR (6TH FLOOR 4 5 (6TH FLOOR (6TH FLOOR 1 3 MECH RM) MECH RM) MECH RM) MECH RM) FROM NORMAL 14#14 14#14 POWER SOURCE 2"C 2"C 8"x8"x3' JBOX 8"x8"x2' JBOX 8"x8"x3' JBOX 8"x8"x2' JBOX LOAD BANKS DIRECT LS250 (9TH FLOOR (9TH FLOOR 4#10, (9TH FLOOR (9TH FLOOR 4#10, 250KW/480V,3PH,3W MECH RM) MECH RM) #10G MECH RM) MECH RM) #10G 3/4"C LOAD BANK 3/4"C

8"x8"x3' JBOX 8"x8"x2' JBOX 8"x8"x3' JBOX 8"x8"x2' JBOX (14TH FLOOR (14TH FLOOR (14TH FLOOR (14TH FLOOR MECH RM) MECH RM) MECH RM) FROM NORMAL MECH RM) ELA- ELA- Tx. Registration # F-2113 POWER SOURCE 35,37,39 35,37,39 OF T TE EX A A T S 8"x8"x3' JBOX 8"x8"x2' JBOX 8"x8"x3' JBOX 8"x8"x2' JBOX S (18TH FLOOR (18TH FLOOR (18TH FLOOR (18TH FLOOR MECH RM) MECH RM) MECH RM) MECH RM) DOUGLAS B. BELISLE P R R 80083 O E L E F I C E D 4-500 KCMIL 4-500 KCMIL E E N S I N S 9#14, S NG #1 GND 9#14, EMERGENCY ATS: #1 GND IO NA L E EMERGENCY ATS: 3/4"C 2/16/2016 400A, 480Y/277V, 4P, 3 1/2"C 3/4"C 400A, 480Y/277V, 4P, 3 1/2"C DELAYED TRANSITION, DELAYED TRANSITION, 42KAIC (21ST FLOOR) 42KAIC (21ST FLOOR) JBOX TO LOAD JBOX (20TH FLOOR BANK CONTROLLER (20TH FLOOR E N MECH RM) E N MECH RM) The University of Texas 3#14, 3#14, 3/4"C 3/4"C AUX NORMAL AUX NORMAL Health Science Center at Houston AUX EMERG AUX EMERG GENERATOR GENERATOR 250KW GEN START ANNUNCIATOR GEN START ANNUNCIATOR PANEL PANEL (21 FLOOR) (21 FLOOR) LOAD DUMP GENERATOR 5#14 5#14 3/4"C 3/4"C REPLACEMENT 2#14 1095-026-05 4-500 KCMIL 4-500 KCMIL 3/4"C #1 GND #1 GND 3 1/2"C 3 1/2"C ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE

TO TO DIAGRAM EMERGENCY EMERGENCY PANEL PANEL

SSA Project Number 1095-026-05 Date 02-16-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-05_01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt Designed By DEL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - DEMOLITION ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - RENOVATION Checked By DBB NO SCALE NO SCALE 1 2 Drawing No. E-010 2/16/2016 10:30:07 AM 10:30:07 2/16/2016 DEL DBB 02-16-2016

1095-026-05 R

E

E

N

S I

A G

X N

D

E E E

T E-106

S L

F

N

A O

E N 80083

C O

E I I

T L S

A

A S T

AREA OF WORK OF AREA T

S S E F O

DOUGLAS B. BELISLE B. DOUGLAS R

P Houston Tx. Registration # F-2113 # Registration Tx. 1095-026-05  { { I   t í t { I   {   {   Ç I   !   "#$# 250KW DEMOLITION POWER PLAN - PLAN POWER ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION FOR ISSUED 02/16/2016 2/16/2016 GENERATOR The University of Texas of University The Health Science Center at Center Science Health REPLACEMENT No. Description Date FLOOR 6TH ELECTRCIAL 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 Texas Houston, #350 Suite Wilcrest, 2825 Fax.713.780.9209 713.780.7563 Ph. F-2113 Firm Engineering Registered Texas Keyplan Number Project SSA Date By Designed By Checked No. Drawing PLAN 16' NORTH # TRUE NORTH 8'

M 0' 1/8" = 1'-0" = 1/8" KEYED NOTES - E-106 - NOTES KEYED REMOVE 600V POWER CONDUCTORS BACK TO BACK CONDUCTORS POWER 600V REMOVE THE IN BOX JUNCTION FLOOR 6TH FOR SLACK LEAVE ROOM. MECHANICAL LIQUID FLEXIBLE REMOVE SPLICE. FUTURE PENETRATION. ROOF TO BACK CONDUIT TIGHT REMOVE CIRCUITS. ANNUNCIATIOR 6TH THE IN BOX JUNCTION TO CONDUCTORS FOR SLACK LEAVE ROOM. MECHANICAL FLOOR LIQUID FLEXIBLE REMOVE SPLICE. FUTURE PENETRATION. ROOF TO BACK CONDUIT TIGHT CIRCUITS. CONTACT AUXILIARY AND TO CONDUCTORS POWER 600V REMOVE FLOOR 6TH THE IN BOX JUNCTION FOR SLACK LEAVE ROOM. MECHANICAL LIQUID FLEXIBLE REMOVE SPLICE. FUTURE PENETRATION. ROOF TO BACK CONDUIT TIGHT 1GENERATOR. 215KW EXISTING DISCONNECT 2REMOTE GENERATOR DISCONNECT 3CHARGER BATTERY GENERATOR DISCONNECT 8 6 4 00 DEMOLITION ITEMS SHOWN BOLD ARE TO ARE BOLD SHOWN ITEMS DEMOLITION ARE LIGHT SHOWN ITEMS REMOVED. BE REMAIN. TO EXISTING WITH COORDINATE AND VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS. EXISTING GENERAL NOTES GENERAL A. B. ELECTRICAL 6TH FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - PLAN FLOOR 6TH ELECTRICAL 1/8" = 1'-0" = 1/8" 1 F G I J 8"x8"x3' JUNCTION BOX JUNCTION 8"x8"x3' GND #1 CONDUCTORS, 4-500KCMIL BOX JUNCTION 8"x8"x2' CONDUCTORS #14 - 14 6CX328 C6 ELA-35,37,39 6TH FLOOR 6TH ROOM MECH J 5 - #10 - 5 CONDUCTORS CONDUITS ROUTED IN ROUTED CONDUITS BELOW FLOOR THE EXISTING 215KW GENSET A B C E 3 2 1 2"C 3/4"C 3 1/2"C 3

12 11 9 7 5 4 3 2 1

C:\Revit\1095-026-05_01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt AM 10:30:13 2/16/2016 GENERAL NOTES KEYED NOTES - E-121 # A. ITEMS SHOW ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR 1 REPLACE EXISTING GENERATOR INFORMATION ONLY. ELECTRICAL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL. RECONNECT EXISTING EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN, UNLESS CONDUCTORS. NOTED OTHERWISE. 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042

B. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 EXISTING CONDITIONS. Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113

 { { I   t í {   I   Ç    ! "#$#

B C D F G H

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/16/2016 No. Description Date

9 Keyplan EXISTING ANNUNCIATOR PNL 1

AREA OF WORK 9#14 CONDUCTORS

7

Tx. Registration # F-2113

OF T 3/4" CONDUIT TE EX A A T S DOWN TO 20TH S FLOOR EXISTING JUNCTION BOX ATS DOUGLAS B. BELISLE

P R R 80083 O E L E F I C E D E E N S I N S S NG IO NA L E 2/16/2016

EXISTING PNL ELA

5 The University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston 250KW GENERATOR REPLACEMENT 1095-026-05 ELECTRICAL 21ST FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION ELECTRCIAL 21ST FLOOR 1 1/8" = 1'-0" POWER PLAN - EXISTING

SSA Project Number 1095-026-05 Date 02-16-2016

C:\Revit\1095-026-05_01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt TRUE PLAN Designed By Designer Checked By Checker NORTH NORTH Drawing No. E-121 0' 8' 16' 1/8" = 1'-0" 2/16/2016 10:30:18 AM 10:30:18 2/16/2016

2/16/201610:30:24 AM

1/8" = 1'-0" = 1/8"

16' 8' 0' E-206

1 1/4" = 1'-0" = 1/4"

ELECTRICAL 6TH FLOOR PLAN - RENOVATION - PLAN FLOOR 6TH ELECTRICAL Drawing No. Drawing

OT NORTH

DBB

Checked By Checked

DEL

Designed By Designed

LNPLAN C:\Revit\1095-026-05_01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt

02-16-2016

aeDate

1095-026-05

SSA Project Number Project SSA

AKBANK

ODLOAD

NEW 4 4

PLAN - RENOVATION - PLAN

ELECTRICAL 6TH FLOOR 6TH ELECTRICAL

1095-026-05

REPLACEMENT

GENERATOR

250KW

Houston 3

Health Science Center at Center Science Health C6 CX328

5 The University of Texas of University The

GENSET

NEW 250KW NEW

GAS LINE GAS FANNIN STREET

2/16/2016

A

L

N

O E

I

N S

G

S

2 I N

E E S

N

C E

I

F

D

L E

3 1/2"C 3

O

E

R

3 8 0 0 8 R

P

DOUGLAS B. BELISLE B. DOUGLAS " 2"C

/" 3/4"C

S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

X X X X

T T T T T T T T T T T

E E E E

E E

T T O O F F

Tx. Registration # F-2113 # Registration Tx.

PUSHBUTTON

EMERGENCY

SPLICE IN THIS BOX THIS IN SPLICE

5 - #10 CONDUCTORS. #10 - 5

J

SPLICE IN THIS BOX. THIS IN SPLICE

14 - #14 CONDUCTORS. #14 - 14

8"x8"x2' JUNCTION BOX JUNCTION 8"x8"x2'

AREA OF WORK OF AREA 1

4-500KCMIL CONDUCTORS, #1 GND #1 CONDUCTORS, 4-500KCMIL

8"x8"x3' JUNCTION BOX JUNCTION 8"x8"x3'

THE FLOOR BELOW FLOOR THE 7

CONDUITS ROUTED IN ROUTED CONDUITS

Keyplan

MECH ROOM MECH o ecito Date Description No.

6TH FLOOR 6TH SUDFRCNTUTO 02/16/2016 CONSTRUCTION FOR ISSUED

9

OVER COLUMN. OVER

FOR MOUNTING DETAIL. LOCATE DIRECTLY LOCATE DETAIL. MOUNTING FOR

4 NEW LOAD BANK. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS ARCHITECTURAL SEE BANK. LOAD NEW 4

STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. STRUCTURAL

MEMBERS. REFER TO SHEET E-601 AND E-601 SHEET TO REFER MEMBERS.

3 PROVIDE NEW STRUCTURAL SUPPORT STRUCTURAL NEW PROVIDE 3

BREAKER AND CONTROL PANEL. CONTROL AND BREAKER

PENETRATION TO THE GENERATOR CIRCUIT GENERATOR THE TO PENETRATION

CONDUIT FROM THE EXISTING ROOF EXISTING THE FROM CONDUIT

2 PROVIDE NEW LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL FLEXIBLE TIGHT LIQUID NEW PROVIDE 2

GENERATOR.

SUBSTITUTION. EXTEND NEW CONDUCTORS TO CONDUCTORS NEW EXTEND SUBSTITUTION.

"#$# CAT#USPA-500SS-DB OR APPROVED OR CAT#USPA-500SS-DB

  !   1 PROVIDE ILSCO UNDERGROUND SPLICE KIT SPLICE UNDERGROUND ILSCO PROVIDE 1

I   Ç  Ç I  

#

KEYED NOTES - E-206 - NOTES KEYED

{   { 

 { { I   t í t I   { { 

WEIGHT.

TO ACCOUNT FOR THE INCREASE IN INCREASE THE FOR ACCOUNT TO

FOR ALL STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS STRUCTURAL ALL FOR

CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE BE SHALL CONTRACTOR

GENERATOR EXCEEDS THIS WEIGHT, THE WEIGHT, THIS EXCEEDS GENERATOR

7,500 LBS TOTAL. IF THE SUBMITTED THE IF TOTAL. LBS 7,500

E. GENERATOR WEIGHT SHALL NOT EXCEED NOT SHALL WEIGHT GENERATOR 11

PROOF ENCLOSURE. PROOF

SHALL BE ENCLOSED BY THE WEATHER THE BY ENCLOSED BE SHALL

EXHAUST MUFFLER FOR THE GENERATOR THE FOR MUFFLER EXHAUST D.

Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 Firm Engineering Registered Texas

FOR THE CRANE. THE FOR

Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 713.780.7563 Ph. REFER TO SHEET E-600 FOR ELEVATIONS FOR E-600 SHEET TO REFER C.

E C B A

2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 Texas Houston, #350 Suite Wilcrest, 2825

EXISTING CONDITIONS. EXISTING

FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH COORDINATE AND VERIFY FIELD B.

REMAIN.

ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING TO EXISTING ARE LIGHT SHOWN ITEMS A. GENERAL NOTES GENERAL GENERAL NOTES A. PROVIDE CRANE TO LIFT THE GENERATOR TO THE ROOF AND SET IN PLACE.

B. ACQUIRE CITY PERMITS AS REQUIRED. 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042

C. COORDINATE ROAD BLOCKAGE WITH THE Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 CITY OF HOUSTON, TEXAS MEDICAL Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 CENTER AND UTHSC. AFTER HOUR WORK MAY BE REQUIRED.

D. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS.

E. VERIFY TRUCK DIMENSIONS WITH WIDTH OF STREET. TRUCK SHOWN AT SIDE VIEW FOR CLARITY.

PH Roof 371' - 6"

Penthouse  { { I   t í 359' - 6" {   I   Ç    ! Roof "#$# 346' - 6"

Level 26 334' - 6"

Level 25 322' - 6"

Level 24 310' - 6"

Level 23 298' - 6"

Level 22 286' - 6"

Level 21 274' - 6"

Level 20 262' - 6"

Level 19 250' - 6"

Level 18 238' - 6"

Level 17 226' - 6"

ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/16/2016 Level 16 214' - 6" No. Description Date

Keyplan Level 15 202' - 6"

Level 14 190' - 6" AREA OF WORK

Level 12 178' - 6"

Level 11 166' - 6"

Level 10 154' - 6" Tx. Registration # F-2113

OF T TE EX A A T S Level 9 S 142' - 6" DOUGLAS B. BELISLE

P R R 80083 O E Level 8 L E F I C E D E E N S I N S 130' - 6" S NG 2/16/2016 IO NA L E

GENERATOR Level 7 118' - 6"

Level 6 106' - 6" The University of Texas Health Science Center at Level 5 96' - 6" Houston Level 4 86' - 6" 250KW Level 3 76' - 6" GENERATOR

PrimeWay Federal Credit Union METRO Level 2 RAIL 66' - 6" REPLACEMENT LINES 1095-026-05 Ground 54' - 6" NORTH ELEVATION

Lower Level 42' - 6"

NORTH ELEVATION SSA Project Number 1095-026-05 1 NO SCALE Date 02-16-2016 C:\Revit\1095-026-05_01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt Designed By DEL Checked By DBB Drawing No. E-600 0' 8' 16' 1/8" = 1'-0" 2/16/2016 10:29:27 AM 10:29:27 2/16/2016 2/16/2016 10:29:32 AM C:\Revit\1095-026-05_01_Elec_R16_dleggett.rvt

02 E-601 0' 3- 1/2" EXISTING 1/2"3 x 5" ANGLE IRON ISOLATORS (TYP) FOR SPRING MOUNTING HOLE TUBE STEEL. EXISTING 3/4"3 x 12" 14' 0"- TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SUPPORTNEW SYSTEM. REFER 2 1 NO SCALE NO SCALE GENERATOR SUPPORT - ELEVATION 0' - 5" GENERATOR SUPPORT - PLAN VIEW 3 1/2" x 5" ANGLE IRON EXISTING 3 3/4" x 12" TUBE STEEL. EXISTING SUPPORT FRAME GENNEW SET GENNEW SET DRAWINGS TO STRUCTURAL SYSTEM. REFER SUPPORTNEW ISOLATOR SPRINGNEW

4' - 5" C. B. A. GENERAL NOTES DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH STRUCTURAL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS. REMAIN. ITEMS SHOWN BOLD ARE NEW. ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ARE EXISTING TO Keyplan Drawing No. Checked By Designed By Date SSA Project Number Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113 Ph. 713.780.7563Fax.713.780.9209 2825Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 o ecito Date Description No. REPLACEMENT Health Science Center at ELECTRICAL DETAILS The University of Texas GENERATOR 2/16/2016 SUDFRCNTUTO 02/16/2016ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 250KW "#$#   ! I  Ç  {   { I  { t í

1095-026-05 Tx. Registration # F-2113

Houston P

R DOUGLAS B. BELISLE

O

F E S

T

S A

S

L T

I

I E O C

8 0 0 8 3 N

E O

A

N

F F

L

S

T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T T

E-601 E T

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E

E E

D

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

N X

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

G A

S S S S S S S S S S IN S E ER 1095-026-05 02-16-2016 DBB DEL 2825 Wilcrest, Suite #350 Houston, Texas 77042 Ph. 713.780.7563 Fax.713.780.9209 Texas Registered Engineering Firm F-2113

PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS $%& ,- A. NATURAL PIPING SYSTEM INCLUDING GAS VENT - ASTM A53 SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE WITH CLASS 150 MALLEABLE ϭϭϮϳϱ^͘^Ăŵ,ŽƵƐƚŽŶWĂƌŬǁĂLJt͘  IRON THREADED FITTINGS CONFORMING TO ANSI B16.3. UNIONS ^ƵŝƚĞϮϬϬ SHALL BE 300LB. WOG MALLEABLE IRON GROUND JOINT UNIONS ,ŽƵƐƚŽŶ͕dĞdžĂƐϳϳϬϯϭ WITH BRONZE SEATS. ;ϴϯϮͿϱϱϰͲϭϭϯϬ ǁǁǁ͘ƉǁĂƌĐŚ͘ĐŽŵ INSTALLATION NOTES

A. MAKE ALL THREADED JOINTS WITH SQUARE, CLEAN, FULL CUT, STANDARD TAPER THREADS.

B. REAM AFTER CUTTING & THREADING. USE HEAVY DUTY TEFLON SEALING COMPOUND OR TEFLON TAPE AS THREADING SEAL. SEALING COMPOUND SHALL BE NON-TOXIC, NON-DRYING, ANTI- SEIZE, UL CLASSIFIED & AGA APPROVED FOR NATURAL GAS USE.  C. PIPE & FITTINGS SHALL BE PRIMED WITH TWO COATS OF PRIMER.

D. THE SYSTEM SHALL BE PURGED WITH OIL FREE COMPRESSED AIR AFTER ERECTION. OIL FREE AIR SHALL CONTAIN LESS THAN 5 PPM OIL WITH A 36F OR LOWER DEWPOINT. USE 80-90 PSI PRESSURE TO PURGE SYSTEM.

E. IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION VALVE OUTLETS SHALL BE CLOSED AND LEFT CLOSED UNTIL GAS EQUIPMENT IS CONNECTED.

F. PRESSURE TEST SYSTEM AT 1.5 TIMES THE NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE FOR 1 HOUR WITHOUT LEAKS. IF SYSTEMS FAILS PRESSURE TEST THE SYSTEM SHALL BE REPAIRED AND RETESTED UNTIL PASSING TEST. CLEANING & PRESSURE TESTING SHALL BE DOCUMENTED IN WRITING AND WITNESSED BY OWNER  REPRESENTATIVE. SUCCESSFUL SIGNED COMPLETION 5 DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO OWNER.

2

4 GENERAL NOTES A. PLUMBING RELATED ITEMS SHOWN BOLD ON DEMOLITION PLAN ARE TO BE REMOVED. PLUMBING RELATED ITEMS SHOWN LIGHT ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 02/16/2016  ARE TO REMAIN. PLUMBING RELATED ITEMS SHOWN BOLD ON RENOVATION PLANS ARE NEW. No. Description Date B. COORDINATE SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING NATURAL GAS SYSTEM Keyplan 3 1 WITH OWNER PRIOR TO WORK.

C. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO WORK.

PLUMBING 6TH FLOOR PLUMBING 6TH FLOOR D. COORDINATE EXACT NATURAL GAS CONNECTION POINT WITH APPROVED EMERGENCY GENERATOR SHOP DRAWINGS. DEMOLITION PLAN RENOVATION PLAN AREA OF WORK 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/8" = 1'-0" E. GENERATOR SUPPLIER TO PROVIDE PRESSURE REGULATOR, 1 2 STRAINER, FLEX CONNECTOR & SOLENOID VALVE FOR FIELD INSTALLATION BY DIV 22.

FLEX CONNECTOR KEYED NOTES (PROVIDED WITH GENERATOR & INSTALLED BY DIV 22) 1 EXISTING 2" NATURAL GAS THRU ROOF TO INSIDE GENERATOR Tx. Registration # F-2113 ENCLOSURE WITH SHUTOFF VALVE, STRAINER & 2" PRESSURE OPEN ENDED GAS VENT 1" CONNECT TO GENERATOR OF T REGULATOR & FLEX CONNECTOR PIPE TO GENERATOR. TE EX OUTSIDE GENERATOR A A TO GENERATOR TO BE REMOVED T S EXISTING 2" PIPE PENETRATION THRU ROOF & 2" SHUTOFF S ENCLOSURE GV SOLENOID VALVE (PROVIDED VALVE TO REMAIN. REMOVE NATURAL GAS SYSTEM PIPING, REMOVE GAS VENT EXISTING EMERGENCY BY GENERATOR SUPPLIER & STRAINER, PRESSURE REGULATOR & FLEX CONNECTOR JEFFERY N. BOLANDER GENERATOR ENCLOSURE - 2" NATURAL GAS INSTALLED BY DIV 22) P R DOWNSTREAM FROM EXISTING SHUTOFF VALVE. REMOVE ALL R 6713767137 O E TO BE REMOVED PRESSURE REGULATOR L E EXISTING VENT PIPING FROM PRESSURE REGULATOR. F I C E D GV E E N S I N (PROVIDED BY STRAINER (PROVIDED BY S G SIO E N GENERATOR SUPPLIER GENERATOR SUPPLIER & NA L INSTALLED BY DIV 22) 2 EXISTING EMERGENCY GENERATOR TO BE REMOVED (2625 CFH REMOVE EXISTING & INSTALLED BY DIV 22) AT 11" W.C.) 02/16/2016

PRESSURE REGULATOR REMOVE EXISTING NATURAL GAS SYSTEM OFFSET AS REQUIRED EXISTING SHUTOFF VALVE 3 2" NATURAL GAS FROM BELOW (5 PSI) TO REMAIN. TO REMAIN EXISTING ROOF EXISTING ROOF 4 CONNECT 2" NATURAL GAS LINE TO EXISTING SHUTOFF VALVE 2"(E) EXISTING NATURAL GAS TO REMAIN ( SIZED INSIDE GENERATOR ENCLOSURE. INSTALL STRAINER, The University of Texas EXISTING NATURAL GAS TO REMAIN ( SIZED FOR 3440 CFH AT 5 PSI - 550' EQUIVALENT G PRESSURE REGULATOR, FLEX CONNECTOR & SOLENOID VALVE 2"(E) FOR 2625 CFH AT 5 PSI - 550' EQUIVALENT LENGTH FROM EXISTING METER/REGULATOR IN GAS SUPPLY LINE & CONNECT TO NEW GENERATOR. FIELD Health Science Center at G LENGTH FROM EXISTING METER/REGULATOR ASSEMBLY ON LEVEL 1. 2" LINE HAS A 4000 CFH DETERMINE EXACT NUMBER OF FITTINGS & OFFSETS IN NEW ASSEMBLY ON LEVEL 1.) CAPACITY WITH A 5 PSI PRESSURE AND A PIPING TO CONNECT TO NEW GENERATOR (3440 CFH AT 18" Houston PRESSURE DROP OF 2 PSI). W.C.). PROVIDE 1" GAS VENT FROM PRESSURE REGULATOR & EXTEND TO OUTSIDE ENCLOSURE WITH OPEN ELBOW FACING DOWN. 250KW DEMOLITION PIPING DIAGRAM RENOVATION PIPING DIAGRAM 5 NEW EMERGENCY GENERATOR BY DIV 26 (3440 CFH). 3NO SCALE 4NO SCALE GENERATOR REPLACEMENT 1095-026-05 PLUMBING 6TH FLOOR - LEGEND DEMOLITION AND G NATURAL GAS RENOVATION PLANS

GV GAS VENT SSA Project Number 1095-026-05 PLUG VALVE Date 02-16-2016 \\server-1\cad\1095-026-05\Disciplines\1095-026-05_Plbg_R16.rvt BALL VALVE TRUE PLAN Designed By RLN STRAINER Checked By RLN NORTH NORTH PRESSURE GAUGE Drawing No.

PRESSURE REGULATOR CONNECTION OF NEW P-106 TO EXISTING 0' 8' 16' 1/8" = 1'-0" 2/16/2016 10:20:10 AM 10:20:10 2/16/2016 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

PROFESSIONAL SEALS PAGE

The following Documents and Specifications have been prepared by or under the direct supervision of the Engineer.

ENGINEER

Shah Smith & Associates, Inc 2825 Wilcrest, Suite 350 Houston, Texas 77042 Telephone: 713-780-7563 Contact: Douglas Belisle, PE Electronic Mail: [email protected] 2/16/2016

DIVISION 26 No. of Pages Section 26 00 00 Basic Electrical Requirements ...... 6 Section 26 05 19 Insulated Conductors ...... 2 Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding...... 2 Section 26 05 33 Raceway, Conduit and Boxes...... 3 Section 26 05 53 Electrical Identification ...... 3 Section 26 32 12 Generator Load Bank...... 3 Section 26 32 14 Natural Gas Engine Generator Package ...... 9

Table of Contents THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 00 00 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. General and Supplementary General Conditions and special conditions are specifically applicable to all Division 26 Sections.

B. The Drawings are necessarily diagrammatic by their nature, and are not intended to show every connection in detail or every device or raceway in its exact location. The Contractor shall carefully investigate structural and finish conditions and shall coordinate the work in order to avoid interference between the various elements of work. Work shall be organized and laid out to coordinate with existing structures. Work shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the building unless otherwise noted or indicated.

C. The intent of the drawings is to establish the types of systems and functions, but not to set forth each item essential to the functioning of the system. Electrical drawings are generally diagrammatic and show approximate location and extent of work. The drawings and specifications are cooperative, and work and/or materials called for in one and not mentioned in the other shall be provided. Install the work complete, including minor details necessary to perform the function indicated. Review pertinent drawings and adjust the work to conditions shown. Where discrepancies occur between drawings, specifications, and actual field conditions, immediately notify the Owner’s designated representative (ODR) for a resolution.

D. All dimensional information related to new structures shall be taken from the appropriate Drawings. All dimensional information related to existing facilities shall be taken from actual measurements made by the Contractor on the site.

E. Outlet and Equipment Locations. Coordinate the actual locations of electrical outlets and equipment with building features and equipment as indicated on architectural, structural, and electrical drawings. Review with the ODR any proposed changes in outlet or equipment location. Relocation of outlets before installation, of up to 5 feet from the position indicated, may be directed without additional cost. Remove and relocate outlets placed in an unsuitable location, when so requested by the ODR, at no additional cost.

F. Core Drilling. Core drilled openings shall be spaced 8" apart (measured centerline to centerline) for conduits 2" and smaller and 12" apart for conduits larger than 2". Penetrations shall be firestopped with a UL listed product in accordance with NEC Paragraph 300.21. See Section 07270 regarding sealing of penetrations.

G. Regulatory Requirements. The “Authority Having Jurisdiction” is the ODR, as an agency of the State of Texas. The installations shall comply with the requirements of the latest editions of the listed codes and standards at the date of issue of the construction documents.

1.2 NEW WORK

A. The work includes, but is not limited to, the following principal systems and equipment: 1. 480/277 volt distribution.

1.3 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS

A. Standards of the following organizations, as well as those listed in Division 1, may be referenced in this specification.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2. Association of Edison Illuminating Cos. (AEIC) 3. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 4. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 5. National Electrical Code (NEC). 6. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). 7. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC). 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 9. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). 10. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA). 11. International Electrical Testing Association (INETA). 12. Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (MFMA). 13. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA).

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulations: Work, materials and equipment shall comply with the latest rules and regulations specified in the reference codes and standards in the previous paragraph.

B. Discrepancies: The drawings and specifications are intended to comply with listed codes, ordinances, regulations and standards. Where discrepancies occur, immediately notify the ODR in writing and ask for an interpretation. Should installed materials or workmanship fail to comply, the Contractor is responsible for correcting the improper installation. Additionally, where sizes, capacities, or other such features are required in excess of minimum code or standards requirements, provide those specified or shown.

C. Where differences within or between laws, code and standards exist, the law, code or standard having the most stringent requirement shall govern.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Contractor Qualifications: An acceptable Contractor for the work under this division must have personnel with experience, training and skill to provide a practical working system. The Contractor shall furnish acceptable evidence of having installed not less than three systems of size and type comparable to this project. All personnel installing equipment under this Division shall possess valid City of Houston licenses for their skill level.

1.6 AUTOMATED EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS

A. Equipment and control systems where applicable, should match, integrate, communicate or coordinate with existing systems, such as building automation, switchgear, breakers, transformers, etc.

1.7 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittal requirements are described in the Conditions of the Contract and in Section 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. Furnish submittals for the items listed in the individual Sections.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. Conditions: Provide new products of manufacturers regularly engaged in production of such equipment. Provide the manufacturer's latest standard design for the type of product specified.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Products shall be U.S. made, ODR reserves the right to approve or disapprove products of foreign manufacture.

B. NEC and UL: Products shall conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code. Where Underwriters' Laboratories have set standards, listed products and issued labels, products used shall be listed and labeled by UL.

C. Space Limitations: Equipment selected shall conform to the building features and shall be coordinated with them. Do not provide equipment that will not suit arrangement and space limitations.

D. Factory Finish: Equipment shall be delivered with a hard surface, factory-applied finish so that no additional field painting is required except for touch-up. Repaired finishes shall be equal to factory finishes in durability, corrosion protection, color and sheen.

2.2 NAMEPLATES AND DEVICE MARKING

A. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic 1-inch high, 3 inches long, 3/32-inch thick with 3/16-inch high Roman Gothic letters. For devices on normal power, letters shall be white on black background. For devices on emergency power, letters shall be white on red background. Provide blank nameplates for spare units and spaces. Attach nameplates only with stainless steel screws.

B. Where it is impractical to affix nameplates to devices, (e.g. small boxes, snap switches, receptacles, conduits, conductors, etc.), provide labels from ½-inch wide clear plastic tape with adhesive backing. Letters shall be ¼-inch high, black for devices on normal power and red for devices on emergency power. Tape shall be Brother Type “P-Touch” or approved equal.

C. Provide nameplates and labels for devices as listed in the individual Sections.

2.3 HARDWARE

A. Bolts, nuts, washers, fasteners and other hardware used to set or support equipment and devices shall be either hot-dipped galvanized steel, malleable iron, suitable stainless steel, or suitable non- ferrous metal.

B. Hardware for terminations at transformers, grounding buses, etc. and for terminations of conductors greater than 600V shall have minimum of SAE Grade 5 carbon steel hex head cap screws with two flat washers, a split-ring lock washer and a Grade 5 hex nut (all zinc plated).

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Install electrical systems in accordance with the latest issue of the ANSI/NECA “Standard Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction” except where more stringent or restrictive requirements are specified herein.

B. The manufacturer's published directions shall be followed in the delivery, storage, protection, installation, and wiring of equipment and material. The Contractor shall promptly notify the ODR, in writing, of any conflict between the requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturers' directions, and shall obtain instructions from him before proceeding with the work. Should the Contractor perform any such work that does not comply with the manufacturers' directions or such instructions from the ODR, he shall bear all costs arising in connection with the deficiencies. UL listed products are to be installed in accordance with their listing and any applicable UL Guide information for the product’s Category Code.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Supervision: 1. Contractor of the work under this Division shall keep a competent superintendent or foreman on the job at all times. 2. It shall be the responsibility of such superintendent to review the Contract Documents and familiarize himself with the work and coordinate his work with other trades and before material is fabricated or installed, make sure that his work will not cause an interference with another trade. Where interferences are encountered, they shall be resolved at the job site by the Contractor. Where interferences cannot be resolved without major changes to the Drawings, the matter shall be referred to the ODR for resolution.

D. Site Observation: 1. Site observation will be by the ODR, the Owners technical staff and the Architect/Engineer and is for the express purpose of verifying compliance by the Contractor with the Contract Documents, and shall not be construed as construction supervision nor indication of approval of the manner or location in which the work is being performed as being a safe practice or place.

E. Existing Facilities: 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for loss or damage to the existing facilities caused by him and his workmen, and shall be responsible for repairing or replacing such loss or damage. The Contractor shall send proper notices, make necessary arrangements, and perform other services required for the care, protection and in service maintenance of electrical services for the new and existing facilities. The Contractor shall erect temporary barricades, with necessary safety devices, as required to protect personnel from injury, removing such temporary protection upon completion of the work. 2. The Contractor shall provide temporary or new services to existing facilities as required to maintain their proper operation when normal services are disrupted as a result of the work being accomplished under this project. 3. Where existing construction is removed to provide working and extension access to existing utilities, Contractor shall remove doors, piping, conduit, outlet boxes, wiring, light fixtures, air conditioning ductwork and equipment, etc., to provide this access and shall reinstall same upon completion of work in the areas affected. 4. Where partitions, walls, floors, or ceilings of existing construction are to be removed, Contractor shall remove and reinstall in locations approved by the ODR all devices required for the operation of the various systems installed in the existing construction. This is to include, but is not limited to control wiring, pneumatic tubing, and piping for temperature controls, temperature control system devices, electrical switches, relays, fixtures, piping, conduit, etc. 5. Outages of services as required by the new installation will be permitted but only at a time approved by the ODR. The Contractor shall allow the ODR two weeks to schedule required outages. The time allowed for outages will not be during normal working hours unless otherwise approved by the ODR. All costs of outages, including overtime charges, shall be included in the contract amount.

3.2 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT

A. Moisture: During construction, protect switchgear, transformers, control equipment, and other items from insulation moisture absorption and metallic component corrosion by appropriate use of strip heaters, lamps or other suitable means. Apply protection immediately upon receiving the products, and maintain continually.

B. Clean: Keep products clean by elevating above ground or floor and by using suitable coverings.

C. Damage: Take such precautions as are necessary to protect apparatus and materials from damage. Failure to protect materials is sufficient cause for rejection of the apparatus or material in question.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 4 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

D. Finish: Protect factory finish from damage during construction operations until acceptance of the project. Satisfactorily restore any finishes that become stained or damaged.

3.3 RENTAL GENERATOR REMOVAL

A. The Contractor shall remove the rental genset from the roof. The Contractor shall lower the generator from the roof, and transport them to the rental suppliers location.

B. In addition to removing rental genset, the Contractor shall remove all conductors associated the unit. The contractor shall also remove/re-route conduit associated with the unit per plans. The contractor shall also remove any lightning protecton system installed on the unit or connected to the unit. Seal weathertight all roof penetrations after removal of the genset.

3.4 GENERATOR INSTALLATION

A. The generator and all of its associated appurtenances shall be transported to the site, and lifted onto the roof. This installation shall be done on the same day as the removal of the rental genset in order to minimize road closures.

B. In addition to lifting the generator, the Contractor is to install all appurtenances to the generator in accordance with the manufacturer’s direction. These appurtenances include but are not limited to the muffler, vibration isolators, flex connection between the engine and muffler, exhaust pipe from muffler, and battery starting system. The generator vendor will provide start-up services.

C. The Contractor shall submit, four weeks prior to the installation, an installation schedule and sequence for review. The contractor is responsible for obtaining any and all permits required for street closures, etc., associated with the generator installation.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. Cooperation with Other Trades: Cooperate with trades of adjacent, related or affected materials or operations, and with trades performing continuations of this work to effect timely and accurate placing of work and to bring together, in proper and correct sequence, the work of such trades. Provide to other trades, as required, necessary templates, patterns, setting plans and shop details for the proper installation of the work and for the purpose of coordinating adjacent work. Verify electrical characteristics of equipment before roughing in the electrical connections.

B. Setting of Equipment: Equipment must be leveled and set plumb. Sheet metal enclosures mounted against a wall must be separated from the wall not less than 1/4 inch by means of metal spacers or by 3 inches of air for freestanding units.

C. Sealing of Equipment: Seal openings into equipment to prevent entrance of insects.

D. Support: Conduits and other raceways shall be adequately and properly supported from the building structure by means of hanger rods, clamps, or other methods as herein specified.

E. Accessories: Offsets, fittings, expansion joints, anchors and accessories that are required for a complete system shall be provided even if not specifically indicated on the drawings or mentioned in the specifications. Offsets, transitions and changes in direction of conduit, shall be made to maintain proper headroom. Provide necessary pull-boxes, fittings, etc., required as a result of these transitions and changes in direction.

F. Exposed Work: Conduits shall be installed exposed.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 5 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

G. Conduits and other raceways shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Conduits and raceways run exposed in machinery and equipment rooms shall be installed parallel and perpendicular to the building lines at a height consistent with other building systems conduit and piping in the area, but at a minimum height of 8 feet AFF, except within dedicated equipment space.

H. Damaged galvanized finishes shall be touched-up with an inorganic, zinc-rich paint.

3.6 EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE MARKING

A. Externally mark equipment, and similar items with nameplates and labels having the same designations as indicated on the contract documents.

B. Provide nameplates for transformers, transfer switches, disconnect switches, panelboards, large pull and junction boxes and similar type equipment. Nameplate is to identify power source, device designation, load served and voltage characteristics.

C. Fasten nameplates to the front of equipment only by means of stainless steel self-tapping screws. Stick-on or adhesives will not be allowed unless the NEMA enclosure rating is compromised, then only epoxy adhesive shall be used to attach nameplates.

D. Provide labels for small boxes, snap switches, receptacles and other power outlets.

E. Panelboards: Prepare a neatly typed circuit directory behind clear heat-resistant plastic in a metal frame attached to the inside of the door for each panelboard. Identify circuits by equipment served and by room numbers where room numbers exist. Indicate spares and spaces with light, erasable pencil marking. Adhesive mounted directory pocket is not acceptable.

F. Identify conduits connected to pull, junction and outlet boxes with the circuit numbers for the conductors contained therein.

G. Where more than one circuit is contained in the same pull or junction box, identify the individual phase and neutral conductors with permanent brass tags that show the circuit designation.

H. Boxes and covers containing emergency circuits shall be painted red.

I. Equipment and Raceways Over 600 Volts: Provide “WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE - KEEP OUT” signs on all equipment. With 2-inch-high lettering, mark all pull boxes, junction boxes, and exposed raceways containing conductors installed in this project and operating in excess of 600 volts every 50 feet, and in each room and at each wall or floor penetration, with the words "WARNING - HIGH VOLTAGE - ____ VOLTS – CIRCUIT NO._____ (fill in designation such as "GEN-2").

3.7 TESTING

A. Test Conditions: Place circuits and equipment into service under normal and emergency conditions, collectively and separately, as may be necessary to determine satisfactory operation. Perform specified tests in the presence of the ODR. Furnish instruments, wiring, equipment, materials, labor, and personnel required for conducting tests. Demonstrate that the equipment operates in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. Special tests on certain items are specified hereinafter. Where such testing is specified, it shall be performed by an independent testing company, selected by the Owner. Submit copies of test reports to the ODR.

B. Test Dates: Schedule final acceptance sufficiently in advance of the contract date to permit completion of any necessary adjustment or alterations within the number of days allotted for

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 6 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

completion of the contract. Inform the ODR at least 10 working days in advance of test dates and other specification requirements requiring action on the part of the ODR.

C. Retests: If retesting is required due to initial failure, conduct retests of such time duration as may be necessary to assure proper functioning of adjusted or altered parts or items of equipment. Any resultant delay as a result of such necessary retests does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility under this contract.

END OF SECTION 26 00 00

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 00 00 - 7 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 19 - INSULATED CONDUCTORS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. This Section specifies the furnishing and installation of insulated conductors, 600V and below.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. ANSI/UL 83 - Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on the following: 1. 600-volt conductor and terminating materials. 2. Field testing report forms. 3. Field testing reports (after installation and prior to equipment connection)

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 IDENTIFICATION

A. Provide new insulated conductors marked according to NEC Article 310.

2.2 600-VOLT INSULATED CONDUCTORS

A. Size. As shown.

B. Construction. 1. Conductor. Soft-drawn, stranded, annealed copper. 2. Insulation. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, use THWN-2 for general wiring.

C. Use. For general wiring use No. 12 minimum. For field-installed control wiring use No. 14 or larger.

D. All wires shall be stranded copper.

E. Terminations. Provide the following terminals for field wiring: (1) Terminals for #22 - #10 stranded conductors connected to screw terminals: insulated locking fork type; (2) Terminals for #22 - #14 stranded conductors connected to mechanical pressure-type terminals: Insulated male adapters, Panduit DV18- 145M-C and DV14-145M-C or approved equal; (3) Terminals for #12 - #10 stranded conductors connected to mechanical pressure-type terminals: Panduit insulated Ferrule End Sleeves, Panduit FSD series.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Splices. Unless otherwise noted, conductors shall be installed in one continuous length between terminations without splices.

B. Protection. Unless otherwise indicated, mechanically protect conductors for systems by installing in raceways. Do not install the conductors until raceway system is complete and properly cleaned. Use Polywater J cable lubricant when pulling conductors. Do not bend any conductor either permanently or

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

temporarily during installation to radii less than four times the outer diameter of 600-volt insulated conductors. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended values for maximum pulling tension.

C. Terminations. Unless otherwise noted, use pressure-type lugs or connectors for terminations of all stranded conductors. Use ring-tongue type terminators on all control wiring.

D. Appearance. Neatly and securely bundle or cable all conductors in an enclosure using nylon straps with a locking hub or head on one end and a taper on the other.

3.2 600-VOLT INSULATED CONDUCTORS

A. Size. Install conductor sizes as indicated.

B. Color Code. Use factory-colored insulated phase conductors. Use different colors for control conductors.

C. Field Testing. Insulation resistance of all conductors shall be tested. Each conductor shall have its insulation resistance tested after the installation is completed and splices, taps and connections are made except connection to or into its source and point (or points) of termination. Insulation resistance of conductors which are to operate at 600 volts or less shall be tested by using a Biddle Megger of not less than 1000 volts d-c. Insulation resistance of conductors rated at 600 volts shall be free of shorts and grounds and have a minimum resistance phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground of at least 10 megohms. Conductors that do not exceed insulation resistance values listed above shall be removed at Contractor's expense and replaced and test repeated. The Contractor shall furnish all instruments and personnel required for tests, shall tabulate readings observed, and shall forward copies of the test readings to the Owner designated representative (ODR) in accordance with Section 26 00 00. These test reports shall identify each conductor tested, date and time of test and weather conditions. Each test shall be signed by the party making the test.

END OF SECTION 26 05 19

INSULATED CONDUCTORS 26 05 19 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Power system grounding.

B. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding.

1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. Design, test, assemble and install grounding and bonding system in conformance to the latest edition of the following applicable industry standards:

B. ANSI/IEEE Std 142 - Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems.

C. ANSI/UL 467 - Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

D. IEEE 1100 - Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment (IEEE Emerald Book).

E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Ground the separately derived system neutral (transformer), if present.

B. Bond together neutrals, equipment enclosures, exposed non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and receptacle ground connectors.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide product data on the following: 1. Grounding conductors and hardware.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Grounding system components shall be as required to comply with the design and construction of the system indicated.

B. Grounding conductors. 1. Materials. a. Provide 600-volt insulated conductors having a green-colored insulation for grounding electrode and equipment grounding conductors. Use stranded conductors. b. Conduit grounding conductors shall be insulated copper conductor, green in color to size #6 AWG. Insulated conductors larger than #6 AWG shall be same as phase conductors but identified with green tape at each accessible opening or location in raceway. c. Provide bare conductors for bonding jumpers. 2. Listing. UL 83.

GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Connections. 1. Materials. Provide mechanical bolted-type connections utilizing high conductive copper alloy or bronze lugs or clamps. Where required, provide plated connectors that will not cause electrolytic action between the conductor and the connector. 2. Listing. UL 467.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Install ground system as indicated in accordance with the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code.

B. Install grounding conductors continuous, between equipment and grounding electrodes.

C. Size. When grounding and bonding conductors are not sized on drawings, size the conductors in accordance with NEC Table 250-122.

D. In feeder and branch circuits, provide a separate, green, insulated equipment-grounding conductor with the circuit conductors. Bond the grounding conductor to each junction box, pull box, outlet box, auxiliary gutter, wireway, surface metal raceway and transformer, enclosure and other metallic enclosures.

E. Ground each outlet box, pull box, and junction box by the use of a #10-32 machine screw fastened to the tapped hole of the box with an insulated conductor pigtail. For circuits greater than 20 amps, bolts, nuts and washers may be required.

3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

A. Raceway Systems and Equipment Enclosures. 1. Ground cabinets, junction boxes, outlet boxes, raceways, fittings, transformer enclosures, other electrical equipment and metallic enclosures. Ground equipment and enclosures to the continuous-grounded metallic raceway system in addition to any other specific grounding shown. 2. Provide bonding jumpers and grounding conductors throughout to ensure electrical continuity of the grounding system. 3. Provide grounding-type insulated bushings for metal conduits 1-1/2 inches and larger terminating in equipment enclosures containing a ground bus and connect the bushing to the ground bus.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation.

END OF SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED

A. Conduit: 1. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. 2. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit and fittings.

B. Boxes: 1. Outlet boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated.

B. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.

C. ANSI/UL 360 – Liquid-tight Flexible Steel Conduit.

D. ANSI/UL 467 – Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

E. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports.

F. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).

G. UL 6 – Rigid Metal Conduit.

H. ANSI/NECA 101-2001 – Standard for Installing Steel Conduit.

1.3 STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Handle raceways carefully to avoid damage, breaking, denting and scoring. Damaged equipment or materials shall not be installed.

B. Store raceways in a clean dry space and protected from the weather.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS

A. Conduit and fittings for electrical systems as required for this project shall include the following: 1. Electrical power 2. Controls

B. Rigid metal conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. Fittings, conduit bodies and accessories shall be galvanized steel or malleable iron and shall be threaded type. Contractor’s Option: Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC) and compatible fittings.

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. Liquid-tight flexible conduit and fittings shall consist of single strip, continuous, flexible interlocked, double-wrapped steel, galvanized inside and outside, forming smooth internal wiring channel with liquid-tight covering of flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC).

D. Bushings for galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be insulated hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Specification Grade Type HB or approved equal.

E. Grounding type bushings for galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be insulated hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Specification Grade Type HBL or approved equal.

F. Bushings for liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be insulated throat hot-dip/mechanically galvanized steel or malleable iron O-Z/Gedney Type 4 Q-TG or approved equal.

2.2 OUTLET BOXES

A. Provide Type FD Cast Iron outlet boxes as applicable.

2.3 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

A. Boxes for conductors over 600 volts shall be 0.25-inch steel plate hot dip galvanized after fabrication. Boxes to have bolt-on bottom covers. Box sizes are shown on drawings.

B. Unless otherwise indicated boxes shall be galvanized sheet metal with screw-on cover and welded seams, stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers.

C. Unless otherwise indicated boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimension shall be panelboard code gauge galvanized steel with hinged cover.

D. Boxes shall be sized in accordance with NEC unless sizes are indicated on the drawings.

E. Provide nameplates or tapes to identify boxes per Section 26 00 00.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - CONDUIT

A. Install products in accordance with the applicable requirements of NEC and ANSI/NECA 101-2001 except where more stringent or restrictive requirements are specified herein.

B. Install raceway and conduit system from point of origin in outlets shown, complete with offsets, pull boxes, junction boxes and fittings. Minimum conduit size shall be ¾ inch.

C. Install rigid hot-dipped galvanized steel (RGS) conduit except as follows: 1. Liquid-tight. Install liquid-tight flexible metal conduit for connections to rotating, vibrating, moving or movable equipment, including dry-type transformers and emergency generators. Install external ground wire on flexible conduit with grounding bushings. Maximum length shall be 6'-0", minimum to be 2'-0". 2. Rigid Aluminum Conduit (RAC). At Contractor’s option, RAC may be installed in lieu of RGS conduit.

D. Install conduits parallel to building lines, and supported on metal framing channel, trapeze hangers, conduit straps or other devices specifically designed for the purpose. Plastic anchors, wire ties and hanger wire are not permitted. Fasten conduit with the following material: 1. Wood screws on wood 2. Toggle bolts on hollow masonry

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

3. Bolts and expansion anchors in concrete or brick 4. Machine screws, threaded rods and clamps on steel 5. Conduit clips on steel joists.

E. Install conduit exposed.

F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Tape covering conduit ends is not allowed.

G. Provide 200 lb. nylon cord in empty conduit.

H. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, install firestopping material around conduits per Specification Section 7270- Penetration Seals.

I. Where conduits penetrate non-fire-rated walls and floors, seal voids around conduits and where conduits are exposed to view, provide chrome plated floor and ceiling plates properly sized to fit conduits when securely locked in place.

J. Conduit threads that are cut in the field shall be touched-up with an inorganic, zinc-rich paint.

END OF SECTION 26 05 33

RACEWAYS, CONDUITS AND BOXES 26 05 33 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 05 53

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Nameplates and tape labels. B. Wire and cable markers. C. Conduit color coding and labeling. 1.2 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code (latest edition) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Provide submittals in accordance with and in additional to Section 26 00 00, Basic Electrical Requirements, and Division 01for submittal requirement. 1. Furnish nameplate identification schedules listing equipment type and nameplate data with letter sizes and nameplate material. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Equipment Nameplates: 1. For normal power electrical equipment, provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates, engraved white letters on a black background. 2. For emergency equipment provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with engraved white letters on a red background. 3. For fire alarm system provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplates with white letters on a yellow background. B. Conductor Color Tape and Heat Shrink: 1. Colored vinyl electrical tape shall be applied perpendicular to the long dimension of the cable or conductor. 2. In applications utilizing tray cable, heat shrinkable tubing shall be used to obtain the proper color coding for the length of the conductor in the cabinet or enclosure. Variations to the cable color coding due to standard types of wire or cables are not acceptable. C. Warning labels: Provide warning labels with black lettering on red background with a minimum of 1/2" lettering. D. Tape Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with minimum 1/4-inch letters for labeling receptacles, switches, control device stations, junction and pull boxes and manual motor starter units, etc. 1. White letters on black background for normal power. 2. White letters on red background for emergency/standby power. 3. J-Box and Cover plate Voltage Labels: Black stenciled letters 1/4" high. Adhesive back tapes may be used if a clear tape is applied over the label for protection. PART 3 - EXECUTION

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

3.1 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates or tape labels. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure plastic nameplates to equipment fronts using screws or rivets. Use of adhesives shall be per Owner’s approval. Secure nameplate to outside face of flush mounted panelboard doors in finished locations. 3.2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits. Label control wire with number as indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams or equipment manufacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. B. Conductors for power circuits to be identified per the following schedule:

Conductor System Voltage 480/277V 208/120V Phase A Brown Black Phase B Purple Red Phase C Yellow Blue Neutral Gray White

Grounding Green Green

3.3 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE A. Provide nameplates of minimum letter height as scheduled below. Nameplates shall be same as equipment names indicated on the Drawings. B. Individual Circuit Breakers in Distribution Panelboards, Disconnect Switches, Motor Starters, and Contactors: 1/4-inch; identify source to device and the load it serves, including location. C. Dry Type Transformers Not in Substations: 3/8-inch; identify equipment designation. 1/4-inch; identify primary and secondary voltages, primary source, and secondary load and location. D. Automatic Transfer Switches: 3/8-inch; white letters and red background; identify equipment designation 1/4-inch; identify voltage rating, normal source, standby source and load served including location. E. Panelboards: 3/8-inch; identify equipment designation. 1/4 -inch; identify source, voltage and bus rating. 3.4 ENCLOSURE COLOR CODING A. The following systems shall have each junction and pull box cover completely painted per the following:

System Color of Box Cover

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

System Color of Box Cover

Emergency Power Red Fire Alarm Yellow

END OF SECTION

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 26 05 53 - 3

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 32 12 – GENERATOR LOAD BANK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK

A. This specification contains the minimum requirements for the design, manufacture and testing of a UL listed, air-cooled, outdoor weatherproof resistive load bank.

B. The load bank is required for periodic exercising and testing of the (standby) emergency power source. The load bank shall be permanently mounted in a weatherproof enclosure, forced air cooled with remotely mounted control panel.

C. Should the vendor take exception to any part of this specification, it shall be stated in the bid, and referenced to the specification line number.

1.2 STANDARDS

A. The equipment shall comply with the latest applicable provisions and latest recommendations of NEC, NEMA, and ANSI standards.

B. The load bank shall be listed to UL Standard 508.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. The Load Bank Submittals shall include applicable shop drawings (schematic drawings, outline drawings, technical description, and manufacturer's cut sheet) for each type and size of load bank required.

B. Electrical schematic drawings shall be provided to detail the operation of the load bank and the provided safety circuits. Over-current protection and control devices shall be identified and their ratings marked. A system interconnection drawing shall be included for control wiring related to the load bank.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURER

A. Load Banks Direct, LLC of Erlanger, KY, USA or equal by Avtron.

B. Approved equal

2.2 LOAD BANK RATINGS AND DESIGN FEATURES

A. The load bank shall be rated as shown on plans with 25 KW minimum load step resolution provided.

B. The load bank shall be Forced Air-Cooled, rated for continuous operation with integrally mounted blower motors with high-performance, direct-driven fan blades to deliver the required airflow volume (CFM) for cooling resistor load elements.

C. The load bank shall include an integral voltage control power transformer to deliver the necessary 120 Volt AC required for control circuit operation.

D. The load bank shall include a (LOCAL or REMOTE) operator control panel including Emergency Stop (E-STOP) push button, Main Power On/Off switch, Blower Start/Stop push buttons, Fan-Phase

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 1

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Reversal switch (ABC-OFF-ACB), Master Load On/Off switch, and Individual Load Step switches (KW On/Off) provided for each load step. Illuminated indicators provided for Power On, Blower On, Motor Overload, Air-Flow Failure, Over-Temperature, and Load Dump.

E. The load bank shall include a fully equipped, 3-phase Digital Metering System that measures a standard range of 16 load parameters including 3-phase, Volts, Amps, Frequency and Power Functions and includes RS485 communication (Modbus protocol) for remote reading - compatible with PC, PLC, and data loggers.

F. The load bank shall include resistor load elements to provide the necessary KW load rating for each load step. Resistors are fully supported across their entire length within the air stream by stainless steel support rods which are insulated with heavy-duty, high-temperature ceramic insulators. Change in resistance is minimized by maintaining conservative resistor designs.

G. The load bank shall include an automatic Load Level Controller. Load Level Control provides automatic load regulation by sensing the downstream connected load and adjusting the amount of supplemental load (load bank steps) applied. Automatic Load Level Controller adds and subtracts Load Bank load in response to dynamic power fluctuations in the connected facility load. It utilizes the Load Bank as a “supplemental load” for maintaining a minimum load on the power source.

2.3 LOAD BANK OPERATOR PROTECTION AND SAFETY FEATURES

A. The load bank shall include a Control Power Emergency-Stop (E-STOP) push button to disable control power voltage to all operator control power circuits, including blower circuit and load application circuits.

B. The load bank shall include visual detection and display of Main Power On, Blower Motor On, Motor Overload, Air-Flow Failure, Over-Temperature and Load Dump on the Operator Control Panel.

C. The load bank shall include branch circuit fuse protection provides short-circuit fault protection of all load steps. Fuses shall be fast-acting, current-limiting type with an interrupting rating of 200K A.I.C.

D. The load bank blower motors shall be short-circuit protected by current-limiting fuses and thermally protected by overload relays.

E. The load bank shall include differential air pressure switch(es) to provide protection from loss of cooling air or insufficient airflow. The switch(es) will automatically remove all load if an airflow problem is detected and lock-out the load application controls.

F. The load bank shall include over-temperature switch(es) to monitor load bank exhaust temperature. The switch(es) will automatically remove all load if an over-temperature condition is detected and lock- out the load application controls.

G. The load bank shall include appropriate operator warning and cautionary statements, labels, or signage located visibly on the access panels.

2.4 LOAD BANK CONSTRUCTION

A. The load bank enclosure shall be constructed of galvanized steel with powder coat paint finish with exterior stainless steel fasteners. Bolt on access panels shall provide a dead-front enclosure, safely enclosing all electrical and mechanical connections.

B. The load bank shall be designed for installation and operation in an outdoor environment with sufficient fresh intake air available. The enclosure shall be designed for direct mounting to a customer supplied concrete pad.

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 2

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. The load bank cooling airflow shall be drawn in from the screened air-intake sides, with hot air vertically exhausted from the top of the unit away from personnel. Low-profile, stainless steel exhaust air-gravity louvers shall be provided for superior all-weather protection.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. The load bank manufacturer shall have a formal written Quality Policies Manual outlining their quality management system. This manual shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.

B. The load bank shall be provided with a detailed Instruction and Maintenance Manual outlining the proper operation, installation, environmental, safety precautions, and maintenance of the load bank. This manual shall be made available to the purchaser upon request.

C. The load bank shall be fully tested by a trained factory technician prior to shipment. Each load step shall be calibrated and tested at rated voltage with voltage and current measurements recorded. Additional tests shall include resistance tolerance testing, applied potential (hi-pot) testing per IEEE standards, and verification of all safety circuits and operator control circuits. Blower circuit shall be tested at rated voltage for proper operation. Upon completion, load bank test data shall be made available to the purchaser upon request. After load bank is installed on site and connected to the existing generator, it shall be tested again at all load step levels up to the full load output. The full load output shall be tested for a minimum of 30 minutes. In addition, the load dump circuit shall be tested for proper operation. Provide a report to the Owner following the test.

D. Install load bank on a 4” concrete pad. Install load bank per manufacturer’s instructions.

END OF SECTION 26 32 12

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 3

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

GENERATOR LOAD BANK 26 32 12 - 4

THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

SECTION 26 32 14 – NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Furnish one packaged natural gas rich-burn spark-ignited reciprocating engine-generator system, including: 1. Packaged engine generator set. 2. Exhaust silencer and fittings. 3. Fuel accessories, including the gas pressure regulator. 4. Remote annunciator. 5. Starting batteries, cables, batteries box, and accessories

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. Operational Bandwidth: The total variation from the lowest to highest value of a parameter over the range of conditions indicated, expressed as a percentage of the nominal value of the parameter.

B. Steady-State Voltage Modulation: The uniform cyclical variation of voltage within the operational bandwidth, expressed in Hertz or cycles per second.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. NEMA 250 – Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum)

B. NEMA MG1 – Motors and Generators

C. NFPA 37 – Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion and Gas Turbines 2006.

D. NFPA 54/ANSI Z223.1 – National Fuel Gas Code 2006.

E. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code 2005

F. NFPA 110 – Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems 2005.

1.4 EMMISSIONS

A. The gas genset shall meet the latest state and federal emissions standards. Note: the latest standards require independent third party testing of genset emissions after installation. The Div 26 contractor shall hire an independent testing agency to conduct and document this testing per standards. The testing cannot be done by the genset manufacturer.

1.5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The packaged natural gas rich-burn spark-ignited reciprocating engine-generator system will be used by the University as an emergency and standby power source. The packaged engine-generator system shall be a coordinated assembly of compatible components, and comply with NFPA 110 Level 1 requirements for an emergency power supply system.

B. System Capacity: 250 kW at 480V, 60 HZ and at 1,500 feet or less above sea level with an ambient temperature between 0 degree and 110 degrees F.

NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE 26 32 14 - 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

C. The generator set, and auxiliary and accessory components necessary for proper operation, must fit in available space shown on drawing with proper operating and maintenance clearances and free air space. The weight of the engine-generator system must not exceed 7,500 lbs. If the submitted genset exceeds this weight, the contractor shall be responsible for all structural modifications to account for the increased weight. Refer to structural plans for mounting of genset on new support structure at roof.

1.6 SUBMITTALS – SUBMIT A MINIMUM OF EIGHT COPIES OF ALL REQUIRED SUBMITTALS

A. Information: 1. Manufacturer and model of the packaged engine-generator system. 2. Manufacturer’s standard product information for the engine-generator system, with the following information clearly marked or highlighted: a. Generator system standby rating in kW/kVA at the specified conditions. b. Generator system dry weight. c. Dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of the engine-generator system. d. Engine specifications. e. Required natural gas supply pressure and fuel supply line inlet size. f. Exhaust flow and temperature at rated kW, with maximum allowable backpressure and exhaust outlet size. 3. Fuel consumption rates at various loads. 4. Ventilation and combustion air requirements. 5. Radiator sizing data and heat balance data. 6. Manufacturer’s standard product data for the alternator, with the following information clearly marked or highlighted: a. Rating in kW at 105°C Continuous (Rise by Resistance Method, Mil-Std-705) and 130°C Standby (Rise by Resistance Method, Mil-Std-705); 60 HZ; 1800 RPM; 0.8 power factor. b. Subtransient reactance in per unit or percent. c. Insulation system class. d. Typical motor starting kVA vs. % voltage dip chart or table. e. Line-Line Harmonic Maximum Total (Distortion Factor) per Mil-Std-705B Method 601.4a.

B. Product Data: 1. Detailed data on engine-generator system features, components, accessories, ratings, and performance. 2. Thermal damage curve for generator. 3. Time-current characteristic curves for generator protective device.

C. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Detailed dimensioned outline plan and elevation drawings of engine-generator set and other components. 2. Vibration Isolation Details: Basis for selection of vibration isolation products. Specify requirements for vibration isolation bases. 3. Wiring Diagrams and Schematics: Power, signal, and control wiring.

D. Qualification Data: Manufacturer shall have been in the business of packaging engine-generators for commercial and institutional emergency and standby power systems for more than ten years.

E. Certified summary of prototype-unit test report.

F. Certified Test Reports: For components and accessories that are equivalent, but not identical to those tested on prototype unit.

G. Factory Test Reports:

NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE 26 32 14 - 2 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

1. Report of factory test on unit to be shipped for this project, showing compliance with specified requirements. 2. Report of sound generation. 3. Report of exhaust emissions showing compliance with state and federal applicable regulations for units installed in Houston, Harris County, Texas. 4. Field quality-control test reports.

H. Certification of Torsional Vibration Compatibility: Comply with NFPA 110.

I. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include product data and shop drawings. 1. List of tools and replacement items recommended for storage at the project site for emergency repairs. Include part and drawing numbers, current unit prices, and source of supply. 2. Copies of inspection and test reports. 3. Component installation, operation, and maintenance manuals.

J. Rigging Diagram: Submit a rigging diagram indicating location and lifting capacity of each lifting attachment and engine-generator center of gravity.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Submit the manufacturer’s warranty statement for the packaged engine-generator system.

B. Special Warranty: Warrant the packaged engine-generator system to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two years or for 1500 hours of run time, whichever is less, from the date of installation, beginning with substantial completion and beneficial use.

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in packaged engine-generator systems.

B. Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of engine-generator manufacturer with staffed service facilities within 50 miles of the Texas Medical Center in Houston. Manufacturer’s recommended repair parts stocked at the service facility. Repair service available 24 hours a day/365 days per year.

1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE

A. Submit prospective contract provisions and contract cost for service and maintenance of packaged engine generator system for one year from the date of installation, beginning with substantial completion and beneficial use. Maintenance tasks should be provided in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and NFPA 110 quarterly and semi-annual maintenance tasks, including annual maintenance at the end of the one-year period.

B. Include maintenance service contract as a separate amount in proposal. The maintenance agreement may be rejected independently of the base proposal for the engine-generator system.

1.10 ADDITIONAL MATERIALS

A. Furnish additional materials described below that match products installed. Enclose with protective packaging for storage, with package contents identified with external labels. 1. Fuses: One for every 10 of each type and rating, but not less than two of each. 2. Indicator Lamps: Two for every six of each type used, but not less than two each. 3. Filters: Two sets each of lubricating oil, fuel, and combustion-air filters.

NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE 26 32 14 - 3 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS.

A. Cummins/Onan Power Generation

B. Caterpillar.

2.2 NATURAL GAS ENGINE

A. Type: 1800 RPM; 4-cycle; rich-burn; spark-ignited; reciprocating 16V; turbo-charged and after-cooled.

B. Rating: Sufficient to operate as a standby power source at rated load at specified elevation and ambient limits with all accessories attached.

C. Fuel System: Suitable for natural gas supplied by the local distribution company to retail customers in the Texas Medical Center. Building natural gas distribution to the engine-generator system will be 5 PSI. Provide a factory installed regulator to meet the demands of the generator with the stated service pressure.

D. Governor: Isochronous type to maintain engine speed within 0.5 percent, steady state, no load to full load, with maximum speed change of plus or minus 2 percent, and recovery to steady state within two seconds following sudden load changes of up to 50 percent. Equip governor with means for manual operation and adjustment. Maintain frequency regulation within 0.25 percent for any steady-state condition. Governor shall be electronic type.

E. Safety Devices: Engine shutdown on high water temperature, low oil pressure, overspeed, and engine overcrank. Limits as selected by manufacturer. Provide individual indicating light for each function.

F. Engine Starting: Cycle cranking function, non-adjustable and automatic for a 15 second duration and in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Include provisions for a remote starting control circuit, with a HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch on the engine-generator control panel.

G. Skid-Mounted Radiator: Closed-loop radiator system including belt-driven pusher fan, coolant pump, and thermostat temperature control. The radiator shall be shipped on the skid with the engine- generator as a complete assembly.

H. The cooling system shall be rated for full load operation. The cooling system shall be rated by the manufacturer for cooling the set and its auxiliary equipment at an ambient temperature of 45°C.

I. Engine Accessories: 1. An electric starter capable of three complete cranking cycles without overheating before overcrank shutdown (75 seconds). 2. Positive displacement, mechanical, full pressure, lubrication oil pump. Full flow lubrication oil filters with replaceable elements and dipstick oil level indicator. 3. Engine mounted battery charging alternator, 40 ampere minimum, and solid-state voltage regulator.

J. Mounting: Provide unit with suitable spring-type vibration isolators and mount on heavy duty steel base. The engine-generator set shall incorporate a battery tray with battery hold down clamps with the base rails.

K. Provide unit with a lube oil heater and a coolant jacket heater, both wired as shown on drawings.

NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE 26 32 14 - 4 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

L. Start Time: Comply with NFPA 110, Type 10 (10 seconds) system requirements.

M. Engine components, including but not limited to, the engine control unit, magnetic pickup, governor and actuators, alternator components, including but not limited to, the voltage regulator which shall be suitable for interfacing with a remote paralleling switchgear-mounted engine generator control package such as the Woodward EGCP-2 microprocessor-based engine-generator control and management controller.

N. Containment: Integral rupture basin with minimum 110% full capacity for engine fluids.

2.3 GENERATOR

A. Generator: Synchronous, four-pole, revolving field, air cooled AC generator. Marathon MagmaMAXdvr series or approved equal.

B. Rating: 250 kW at 1,800 rpm and 0.80 power factor, 480Y/277V.

C. Insulation: Class H insulation class meeting the requirements of NEMA MG1. Provide vacuum- pressure impregnated non-hygroscoping materials.

D. Alternator: 2/3 pitch factor and fully-linked amortisseur winding. Sub-transient reactance: 12% or less. Thermostatically controlled heater to maintain windings above the dew point.

E. Temperature Rise: 105 degrees C.

F. A permanent magnet generator (PMG) shall provide excitation power to the automatic voltage regulator for immunity from voltage distortion caused by nonlinear loads on the generator.

G. Bearings: 1. Provide prepackaged regreasable bearings with a median expected life of 40,000 hours. 2. Insulation. As necessary to prevent shaft-bearing frame currents.

H. Hardware. Provide structural bolts, washers, nuts, pins, and similar items manufactured of high- strength steel. Use only hexagon-head bolts and hexagon nuts. Use corrosion-resistant materials or protect hardware from corrosion by hot-dip galvanizing, chrome plating or cadmium plating.

I. Nameplates: 1. Main Nameplate. Provide the generator with a stainless steel nameplate meeting the requirements of the National Electrical Code and NEMA MG 1 for synchronous generators. Include the following additional information on the main or an additional nameplate: insulation system classification, connection diagram, direction of rotation, electric phase rotation for NEMA standard direction of rotation and number of safe starts in succession, including duration of waiting period. 2. Heater Nameplate. Voltage and wattage. 3. Bearings Nameplate. Bearing identification and recommended lubricant. 4. Attachment. Attach nameplates to the generator with stainless steel fastening pins or screws.

J. Terminal Boxes: 1. Description. Provide conduit terminal boxes and terminal housing cabinets for all wiring connections to generator. 2. Material. Make small boxes of cast iron or cast bronze. Make large boxes of cabinet type construction of adequately braced 1/8-inch (11-gauge) sheet steel. Use machine screws to fasten all covers.

NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE 26 32 14 - 5 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

3. Gaskets. Use durable gaskets resistant to heat, grease and moisture-laden air to seal all joints between boxes and covers or between boxes and machine enclosure. 4. Auxiliary Leads. Terminate space heater and similar leads on 600-volt rated molded insulation terminal blocks with ring-tongue terminals under screws. Use only corrosion-resistant materials and brass screws. Effectively isolate terminal blocks for different functions by suitable air separation or individual boxes. Permanently identify all leads and terminals. 5. Main Terminal Box. House main generator leads in an appropriately sized cabinet with bolted panels. Provide grounding lug in box for incoming grounding conductor.

K. Space Heater: 1. Type. Thermostatically controlled heater to maintain windings above the dew point. Electric resistance, silicon rubber clad or equivalent non-oxidizing exterior, with maximum surface temperature of 130 C (266 F). 2. Wattage. As required to avoid condensation during shutdown, but not less than twice the value given in the Appendix of IEEE Standard 43, Paragraph A1.3 (twice the length in feet times the diameter in feet divided by 35). 3. Voltage. 115 volts, single-phase, 60-hertz for 1500 watts or less; 208 volts, single-phase, 60- hertz for larger.

L. Voltage Regulation: 1. The automatic voltage regulator shall be temperature compensated solid-state design and include overvoltage and overexcitation protection functions. The voltage regulator shall be equipped with three-phase RMS sensing. The regulator shall control buildup of AC generator voltage to provide a linear rise and limit overshoot. Overvoltage protection shall sense the AC generator output voltage, and in the event of regulator failure or loss of reference, shutdown regulator output on a sustained overvoltage of one (1) second duration. Overexcitation protection shall sense regulator output and shutdown regulator output if overloads exceed ten (10) seconds in duration. Both overvoltage and overexcitation protection shutdowns shall be latched, requiring the AC generator to be stopped for reset. 2. The regulator shall include an under frequency roll-off torque-matching characteristic, which shall reduce output voltage in proportion to frequency below a threshold of 58-59 Hz. The torque-matching characteristic shall include differential rate of frequency change compensation to use maximum available engine torque, and provide optimal transient load response. Regulators which use a fixed volts per hertz characteristic are not acceptable.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

A. Engine Exhaust System: Selkirk Metalbestos IPS engine exhaust piping products (with minimum 2” insulation). Use all stainless steel products. Provide an explosion relief device located ahead of the silencer. Provide exhaust pipe size from the engine to the silencer as recommended by the engine manufacturer, with flexible stainless steel bellow-type exhaust fittings for connections to the engine exhaust manifold.

B. Exhaust Silencer: Silex JCSA series or approved equal. Super critical grade spark arrestor type with minimum 30-35 dBA attenuation. Material: stainless steel. Connections: ANSI standard flanges. Condensate drain with petcock. Required inlet/outlet orientation information will be provided prior to production of submittals.

C. Provide GT Exhaust Systems Inc. or approved equal thermal wrap insulation around the silencer, silencer flanges, and flexible stainless steel bellows-type exhaust fittings.

D. Starting/Control Batteries and Charger: Lead-calcium, starting batteries 24 volt DC, sized and supplied by the generator set manufacturer, with battery cables and connectors. Batteries shall mount on set using manufacturer’s corrosion resistant skid-mounted, well-ventilated covered tray. Provide and

NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE 26 32 14 - 6 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

install a 10-amp minimum, 24 VDC solid-state automatic battery charger, wall-mounting type, 120 VAC input, 1 phase, 60 Hz input.

E. Remote Annunciators: Furnish one NFPA 110 Level 1 remote alarm annunciator: Install as indicated on plans.

F. Load shed - Generator control panel shall be able to shed priority 2 loads (see plans) if required.

G. Natural Gas Fuel Line Accessories: The generator set supplier shall furnish the following accessories for contractor installation in the engine fuel supply line within ten feet of the engine fuel intake: 2” Natural gas pressure regulator rated for 5 psi inlet pressure and 18” w.c. outlet pressure (inlet pressure to range from 5 psi to 3 psi) at full natural gas demand, 24 VDC, battery-operated starting solenoid valve; fuel strainer; seamless metal-braided flexible fuel line; and AGA plug type manual shutoff valve.

H. Lube oil, coolant, and other engine fluids: Provide initial fluids required for operation of the packaged engine-generator system.

I. The generator set shall be provided with an outdoor weather enclosure, with the entire package listed under UL2200. The package shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code for all wiring materials and component spacing. The total assembly of generator set and enclosure shall be designed to be lifted into place using spreader bars. Housing shall provide ample airflow for generator set operation at rated load in an ambient temperature of 105F. The housing shall have hinged access doors as required to maintain easy access for all operating and service functions. The doors shall be able to be fully opened, 180 degrees after the generator has been installed. Enclosure roof shall be cambered to prevent rainwater accumulation. Openings shall be screened to limit access of rodents into the enclosure. All electrical power and control interconnections shall be made within the perimeter of the enclosure. Coordinate the exact conduit stub up locations with the generator shop drawings. The enclosure dimensions shall not exceed the size of the enclosure shown on the plans. All sheet metal shall be primed for corrosion protection and finish painted with the manufacturer’s standard color using a two step electrocoating paint process, or equal meeting the performance requirements specified below. All surfaces of all metal parts shall be primed and painted. The painting process shall result in a coating that meets the following requirements:

1. Primer thickness, 0.5-2.0 mils. Top coat thickness, 0.8-1.2 mils.

2. Gloss, per ASTM D523-89, 80% plus or minus 5%. Gloss retention after one year shall exceed 50%.

2. Crosshatch adhesion, per ASTM D3359-93, 4B-5B.

3. Impact resistance, per ASTM D2794-93, 120-160 inch-pounds.

4. Salt Spray, per ASTM B117-90, 1000+ hours.

5. Humidity, per ASTM D2247-92, 1000+ hours.

6. Water Soak, per ASTM D2247-92, 1000+ hours.

Painting of hoses, clamps, wiring harnesses, and other non-metallic service parts shall not be acceptable. Fasteners used shall be corrosion resistant, and designed to minimize marring of the painted surface when removed for normal installation or service work.

NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE 26 32 14 - 7 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

Enclosure shall be constructed of minimum 12 gauge steel for framework and 14 gauge steel for panels. All hardware and hinges shall be stainless steel.

A factory-mounted exhaust silencer shall be insulated and installed inside the enclosure. The exhaust shall exit the enclosure through a rain collar and terminate with a rain cap. Exhaust connections to the generator set shall be through seamless flexible connections.

The enclosure shall include the following maintenance provisions: Flexible coolant and lubricating oil drain lines that extend to the exterior of the enclosure with internal drain valves External radiator fill provision. Provide an external emergency stop switch that is protected from accidental actuation. Inlet ducts shall include rain hoods.

2.5 FACTORY TESTS

A. Before shipment, factory test the packaged engine-generator system manufactured specifically for this project. Perform tests at rated load and power factor. Include the following tests: 1. Measure insulation resistance. 2. High potential testing. 3. Measure winding resistance. 4. Phase balance, current and voltage. 5. Two hour full load run at rated power factor. 6. Maximum power. 7. Voltage regulation. 8. Transient and steady state governing. 9. Single-step load pick-up. 10. Start time. 11. Safety pre-alarms, alarms, and shutdowns.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD ASSEMBLY AND SET-UP

A. Make cooling system connections and adjustments.

B. Make fuel system connection and adjustments.

C. Install engine-generator fluids, and perform other engine-generator set-up work required for testing and start-up.

3.2 START-UP

A. Provide manufacturer-recommended start-up service.

3.3 CLOSE-OUT, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

A. Provide four hours training by a service engineer to the University’s operations and maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain the packaged engine-generator system.

B. Provide Operations and Maintenance Manuals. Include start-up service reports.

3.4 FIELD TESTS

A. General.

NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE 26 32 14 - 8 THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS HEALTH SCIENCE CENTER Issued for Construction UCT Generator Replacement February 15, 2016 Shah Smith & Associates, Inc.

1. Perform field tests at the site after installation is complete and in the presence of the Owner’s Representative. Notify Owner's Representative 15 working days before each test. 2. Manufacturer's Representative. Have the engine generator manufacturer furnish a representative to operate the unit during the field tests, to check all details of the installation, and to instruct the operators. Include the services of the representative at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Preparation for Testing. Have the engine generator system completed and ready for operation at the time field tests are to be run. Provide all necessary lube oil, coolant, and other fluids, and install new, unused oil and air filter elements. 4. Instruments. Provide all instruments necessary to conduct the tests. 5. Design, Specification, and NFPA 110 Parameters. For each recorded parameter, provide a written tabulation of the manufacturer’s published range of permissible operating values and design parameters. Tabulation shall also include parameters specified by this Section, and parameters required in accordance with field testing per NFPA 110.

B. Installation Test. Perform on-site installation test in accordance with NFPA 110 in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The contractor is responsible for providing the necessary load bank, conductors and any accessories required for this test.

C. Emissions Test. Generator shall be tested to assure compliance with federal and stare emissions standards. This testing shall be conducted by an independent testing agency in accordance with state and federal guidelines. The emissions testing shall be in addition to the installation test outlined above. If the genset does not meet the latest state and federal standards, corrections shall be made and the genset shall be retested until it meets the emissions requirements.

D. Crank Cycle Test. Perform crank cycle test in accordance with NFPA 110 in the presence of the Owner's Representative.

E. 6-Hour Test. 1. Complete a 6-hour, load test using available building loads as a condition for final acceptance. Use different sequenced start-ups of various loads as directed by the Owner’s Representative. 2. Read and record all gauges and meters before starting the test, then every 5 minutes during the first 15 minutes, then every 15 minutes during the next 2 hours, and then every half hour during remainder of the 6-hour period. 3. Remove load and run engine generator at no load for 15 minutes; then shut unit down and immediately make one last recording of all gauge and meter indications. 4. Have recordings field witnessed during test by the Owner. 5. Deliver copies of witnessed recordings to the Engineer and the Owner's Representative within one week of the test. Deliver two copies to the Engineer and six copies to the Owner's Representative.

F. After final testing, verify that coolant and lubricant are at satisfactory levels, and fill as required.

END OF SECTION 26 32 14

NATURAL GAS ENGINE GENERATOR PACKAGE 26 32 14 - 9